Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

WO2019023905A1 - 一种定位辅助数据的发送方法、设备及系统 - Google Patents

一种定位辅助数据的发送方法、设备及系统 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019023905A1
WO2019023905A1 PCT/CN2017/095327 CN2017095327W WO2019023905A1 WO 2019023905 A1 WO2019023905 A1 WO 2019023905A1 CN 2017095327 W CN2017095327 W CN 2017095327W WO 2019023905 A1 WO2019023905 A1 WO 2019023905A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
positioning
assistance data
base station
serving cell
positioning assistance
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2017/095327
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
李晨琬
于映辉
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2017/095327 priority Critical patent/WO2019023905A1/zh
Priority to EP17920095.1A priority patent/EP3648482B1/en
Priority to CN201780089707.6A priority patent/CN110786024B/zh
Priority to JP2020503749A priority patent/JP7052006B2/ja
Priority to KR1020207004912A priority patent/KR20200028472A/ko
Priority to BR112020002033-8A priority patent/BR112020002033A2/pt
Publication of WO2019023905A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019023905A1/zh
Priority to US16/778,532 priority patent/US11259141B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01S—RADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S19/00—Satellite radio beacon positioning systems; Determining position, velocity or attitude using signals transmitted by such systems
    • G01S19/01—Satellite radio beacon positioning systems transmitting time-stamped messages, e.g. GPS [Global Positioning System], GLONASS [Global Orbiting Navigation Satellite System] or GALILEO
    • G01S19/03—Cooperating elements; Interaction or communication between different cooperating elements or between cooperating elements and receivers
    • G01S19/04—Cooperating elements; Interaction or communication between different cooperating elements or between cooperating elements and receivers providing carrier phase data
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01S—RADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S19/00—Satellite radio beacon positioning systems; Determining position, velocity or attitude using signals transmitted by such systems
    • G01S19/01—Satellite radio beacon positioning systems transmitting time-stamped messages, e.g. GPS [Global Positioning System], GLONASS [Global Orbiting Navigation Satellite System] or GALILEO
    • G01S19/03—Cooperating elements; Interaction or communication between different cooperating elements or between cooperating elements and receivers
    • G01S19/07—Cooperating elements; Interaction or communication between different cooperating elements or between cooperating elements and receivers providing data for correcting measured positioning data, e.g. DGPS [differential GPS] or ionosphere corrections
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01S—RADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S19/00—Satellite radio beacon positioning systems; Determining position, velocity or attitude using signals transmitted by such systems
    • G01S19/38—Determining a navigation solution using signals transmitted by a satellite radio beacon positioning system
    • G01S19/39—Determining a navigation solution using signals transmitted by a satellite radio beacon positioning system the satellite radio beacon positioning system transmitting time-stamped messages, e.g. GPS [Global Positioning System], GLONASS [Global Orbiting Navigation Satellite System] or GALILEO
    • G01S19/42—Determining position
    • G01S19/43—Determining position using carrier phase measurements, e.g. kinematic positioning; using long or short baseline interferometry
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01S—RADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S19/00—Satellite radio beacon positioning systems; Determining position, velocity or attitude using signals transmitted by such systems
    • G01S19/38—Determining a navigation solution using signals transmitted by a satellite radio beacon positioning system
    • G01S19/39—Determining a navigation solution using signals transmitted by a satellite radio beacon positioning system the satellite radio beacon positioning system transmitting time-stamped messages, e.g. GPS [Global Positioning System], GLONASS [Global Orbiting Navigation Satellite System] or GALILEO
    • G01S19/42—Determining position
    • G01S19/48—Determining position by combining or switching between position solutions derived from the satellite radio beacon positioning system and position solutions derived from a further system
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01S—RADIO DIRECTION-FINDING; RADIO NAVIGATION; DETERMINING DISTANCE OR VELOCITY BY USE OF RADIO WAVES; LOCATING OR PRESENCE-DETECTING BY USE OF THE REFLECTION OR RERADIATION OF RADIO WAVES; ANALOGOUS ARRANGEMENTS USING OTHER WAVES
    • G01S5/00—Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations
    • G01S5/02—Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more direction or position line determinations; Position-fixing by co-ordinating two or more distance determinations using radio waves
    • G01S5/10—Position of receiver fixed by co-ordinating a plurality of position lines defined by path-difference measurements, e.g. omega or decca systems
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02—Services making use of location information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/06—Selective distribution of broadcast services, e.g. multimedia broadcast multicast service [MBMS]; Services to user groups; One-way selective calling services
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/20—Services signaling; Auxiliary data signalling, i.e. transmitting data via a non-traffic channel
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00—Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00—Network data management
    • H04W8/22—Processing or transfer of terminal data, e.g. status or physical capabilities
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02—Terminal devices
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/08—Access point devices
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/14—Backbone network devices
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/18—Service support devices; Network management devices
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method, device, and system for transmitting positioning assistance data.
  • GPS Global Positioning System
  • the carrier phase difference (RTK) technology is a new GPS measurement method.
  • the carrier phase dynamic real-time differential method is used to obtain the centimeter-level positioning accuracy in real time, which greatly improves the positioning accuracy.
  • the RTK server can obtain the reference data by using the reference station, and obtain the rough location of the user equipment (User Equipment, UE) itself; then the RTK server can calculate the RTK related information of the UE according to the reference data and the coarse location (eg, Positioning assistance data). In this way, the UE can correct its own rough position according to the RTK related information to obtain an accurate position.
  • the user equipment User Equipment
  • the 3GPP rel-15 project agreed to support unicast and broadcast of RTK related information.
  • the positioning accuracy in the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) technology can be improved, and spectrum efficiency and resource utilization can be improved.
  • the prior art does not implement whether to decide whether to adopt the unicast form or the broadcast form to transmit RTK related information that supports the UE for precise positioning in the 3GPP technology.
  • the present invention provides a method, a device, and a system for transmitting positioning assistance data.
  • the method is specifically applied to convert positioning assistance data from a unicast form to a broadcast form, which can improve positioning accuracy. And improve spectrum efficiency and resource utilization.
  • the method for sending the positioning assistance data provided by the application may include: the positioning server receiving the at least one positioning request sent by the core network device, where the positioning request includes the identifier of the user equipment UE and the identifier of the serving cell of the UE; At least one positioning assistance data is transmitted to the base station according to the at least one positioning request.
  • the method for sending the positioning assistance data provided by the present application may be applied to the positioning system of the 3GPP technology, and after the positioning server receives the at least one positioning request, the UE corresponding to the at least one positioning request may be located.
  • the positioning assistance data of the UE is transmitted to the base station, so that the base station can broadcast the positioning assistance data.
  • the positioning server since the positioning assistance data pair in one cell is the same as the UE in the local cell, the positioning server sends the positioning assistance data in a broadcast form, and does not need to separately send the same positioning assistance data to the multiple UEs.
  • the positioning assistance data can be obtained by the plurality of UEs. Therefore, the positioning assistance data provided by the present application can be sent in the form of broadcast, which improves resource utilization and spectrum efficiency.
  • the positioning server may further interact with the UE that needs to be located, in order to generate the at least one positioning assistance data, before sending the at least one positioning assistance data to the base station according to the at least one positioning request.
  • the foregoing method may further include: before the positioning server sends the at least one positioning assistance data to the base station, the positioning server receives the first message sent by the UE, where the first message includes indication information of the positioning capability of the UE and/or an indication of the positioning accuracy.
  • At least one of the indication information of the information and/or the service type where the indication information of the positioning capability is used to indicate the positioning capability of the UE, where the indication information of the positioning accuracy is used to indicate the positioning accuracy supported by the UE, the service type
  • the indication information is used to indicate the type of service supported by the UE.
  • the positioning server may generate corresponding positioning assistance data according to the indication information, so that the UE that needs to be located provides one of the indication information of the positioning capability or the indication information of the positioning accuracy or the indication information of the service type, so as to generate the positioning.
  • the process of assisting data is more reliable.
  • the positioning capability supported by the UE includes a downlink arrival time observation difference OTDOA, a real-time carrier phase RTK, a real-time pseudorange differential RTD, and a state space representation SSR.
  • OTDOA downlink arrival time observation difference
  • RTK real-time carrier phase
  • RTD real-time pseudorange differential
  • SSR state space representation
  • the positioning capability of the UE provided by the present application can support one or more positioning methods at the same time. For example, if a UE supports the OTDOA method, the RTK method can be supported, so that the UE adopts the positioning process of the OTDOA method and the positioning of the RTK method. The process is positioned to improve the positioning accuracy of the UE during positioning.
  • the positioning server sends the at least one positioning assistance data to the base station according to the at least one positioning request.
  • the method includes: for the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, if the first condition is met, the positioning server sends, according to the identifier of the first serving cell, at least one positioning assistance data to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, where the first The condition is any one of the following conditions: the positioning server determines that the number of UEs to be located in the first serving cell is greater than a first threshold; and/or; the positioning server determines that the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell satisfies any positioning The number of capable UEs is greater than a second threshold; and/or; the positioning server determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is greater than a third threshold; and/or; the location server determines Among the UEs that need to be located in
  • the positioning server only needs to obtain one of the indication information of the positioning capability of the UE to be located, the indication information of the positioning accuracy, or the indication information of the service type, and the receiving.
  • the first indication information sent by the core network device can be used to decide to send the positioning assistance data in the form of broadcast or unicast. In this way, when the positioning of the UE is performed, the positioning of the auxiliary data is switched from the unicast form to the broadcast form, and the transmission of the decision positioning auxiliary data from the unicast form to the broadcast form is highly reliable and improved.
  • the resource utilization rate in the process of transmitting the above positioning assistance data is highly reliable and improved.
  • the positioning server is configured according to the first The identifier of the serving cell
  • the sending the at least one positioning assistance data to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell may include: the positioning server according to the positioning capability and/or the positioning accuracy and/or the positioning service type of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell, At least one positioning assistance data division type obtains at least one positioning assistance data of different types; the positioning server sends at least one positioning assistance data of different types to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell according to the identifier of the first serving cell.
  • the positioning server divides different types of positioning assistance data sent by the positioning server before the decision is sent in the form of unicast or broadcast.
  • the base station can be made to broadcast positioning assistance data according to different types. Therefore, the UE that needs to be located can obtain the corresponding type of positioning assistance data broadcast by the base station, which is beneficial to improve the positioning accuracy of the UE.
  • the location server may further include: The server sends a stop indication message to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell according to the identifier of the first serving cell, where the stop indication message is used to stop sending the at least one positioning assistance data to the base station.
  • the stop indication message is used to indicate that the positioning server stops sending at least one positioning assistance data to the base station.
  • the positioning server can send the positioning assistance data in a unicast manner when the positioning and positioning assistance data is not required, so that the positioning assistance data can be switched in a broadcast form or in a unicast mode to realize rational use of resources.
  • the sending, by the foregoing location server, the stop indication message to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell may include: satisfying, for the base station corresponding to the first serving cell,
  • the positioning server may send a stop indication message to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, where the stop indication message is used to stop sending at least one positioning assistance data to the base station;
  • the second condition is any of the following conditions: a positioning server determines that the number of UEs to be located in the first serving cell is less than or equal to a fifth threshold, and the fifth threshold is less than or equal to the first threshold; and/or the positioning server determines that the UE in the first serving cell needs to be located, The number of UEs that meet the positioning capability of any UE is less than or equal to a sixth threshold, and the sixth threshold is less than or equal to the second threshold; and/or the positioning server determines that the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell meets any positioning method.
  • the number of UEs is less than or equal to a seventh threshold, and the seventh threshold is less than or equal to a third threshold; and/or, positioning The server determines that the number of the UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is equal to or equal to the eighth threshold, and the eighth threshold is less than or equal to the fourth threshold; and/or the positioning server receives the core network device to send. And second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the positioning assistance data is sent to the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell by using the form of broadcasting.
  • the positioning server only needs to obtain one of the indication information of the positioning capability of the UE to be located or the indication information of the positioning accuracy or the indication information of the service type, or receives the core network.
  • the second indication information sent by the device can switch the transmission of the positioning assistance data from the broadcast form to the unicast form. In this way, when the positioning assistance data is not required to be broadcast, if the number of UEs to be located is small, the positioning assistance data is sent in a unicast manner to improve resource utilization.
  • the method may further include: The server receives the base station location message sent by the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, where the base station location message may include location indication information of the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, and the location indication information of the base station The location of the base station and the location of the first serving cell may be indicated; the positioning server generates or acquires positioning assistance data according to the base station location message, the first message of the UE in the first serving cell, and the reference data.
  • the method for sending the positioning assistance data provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be based on the indication information of the positioning capability of the UE and/or the indication information of the positioning accuracy and/or the indication information of the service type, and the location information of the base station (ie, the indication) The location of the outgoing base station and/or the location of the cell) and the reference data are generated. That is to say, the positioning assistance data may be obtained by using the RTK technology for the positioning server, that is, the positioning accuracy of the positioning assistance data is high.
  • the method may further include: The server sends a coarse location request to the UE; the location server receives the coarse location sent by the UE; the location server generates or obtains location assistance data according to the first message, the coarse location, and the reference data of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell.
  • the positioning assistance data provided by the embodiment of the present invention can be obtained by using the RTK technology for the positioning server, that is, the positioning accuracy of the positioning assistance data is high.
  • the present application provides a method for transmitting positioning assistance data, the method comprising: receiving, by a base station, at least one positioning assistance data sent by a positioning server; and broadcasting, by the base station, the at least one positioning assistance data.
  • the base station when a network element such as a base station or a positioning server is not connected to the UE, the base station sends the at least one positioning assistance data in a broadcast manner, so that the UE can obtain corresponding positioning assistance data. In this way, resource utilization during UE positioning can be improved.
  • the foregoing base station where the at least one positioning assistance data is broadcasted, may include: for a base station corresponding to the first serving cell, the base station corresponding to the first serving cell broadcasts at least one positioning assistance of a different type data.
  • the base station before the receiving, by the base station, the at least one positioning assistance data sent by the positioning server, the base station may further include: receiving, by the base station, a positioning notification message sent by the core network device, where the positioning The notification message includes a location request, where the location request includes an identifier of the UE and an identifier of the serving cell of the UE, and the base station sends the location notification message to the UE that needs to be located.
  • the location notification message includes one or more positioning requests, and the one or more positioning requests may include identifiers of different UEs and identifiers of serving cells of the UE, so that the base station may receive at least one subsequent
  • the specific cell such as the first serving cell
  • the UE that needs to be located initiates a positioning request by the network side
  • the UE may perform accurate positioning according to the positioning assistance data broadcasted by the base station.
  • the base station may further include: sending, by the base station, the first And changing the paging message, where the first change paging message carries the change indication information, where the system message related to the first positioning assistance data is changed, where the first UE needs to be in the first serving cell. Targeted UE.
  • the UE that needs to be located may be notified to start receiving the corresponding positioning assistance data broadcast by the base station. In this way, the spectrum efficiency and resource utilization in the positioning process of the UE that needs to be located can be improved.
  • the base station may send a base station location message to the location server, where the base station location message may include a location of the base station corresponding to the first serving cell. Instructing information, the location indication information of the base station may indicate the location of the base station and/or the location of the first serving cell.
  • the application provides a method for sending positioning assistance data, where the method includes: the core network device sends at least one positioning request to the positioning server, where each positioning request includes the identifier of the UE and The identifier of the serving cell of the UE.
  • the first network information is sent to the positioning server, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the positioning needs to be located in the first serving cell.
  • the UE sends the positioning assistance data, where the first condition is any one of the following conditions: the core network device determines that the number of UEs to be located in a serving cell is greater than a first threshold; and/or; the core network device determines the first serving cell In the UE that needs to be located, the number of UEs that meet the positioning capability of any UE is greater than the second threshold; and/or; the core network device determines that the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell meets the UE that supports any positioning accuracy. The number is greater than the third threshold; and/or; the core network device determines that the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell meets any positioning service The number of UE is greater than a fourth type of threshold.
  • the method for sending the positioning assistance data provided by the application may be performed by the positioning server not only by determining whether the at least positioning assistance data is broadcasted or unicast, but also determining, by the core network device, the at least positioning auxiliary data to broadcast.
  • the form is still sent in unicast form. Therefore, even if one of the positioning server or the core network device cannot decide to switch the form of the above broadcast or the form of unicast, the other network element can perform the decision, so that the positioning assistance data is in the form of broadcast and Switching between unicast forms is more reliable.
  • the method may further include: sending, by the core network device, the second indication information to the location server, where the second indication information is used by The positioning assistance data is transmitted to the UE in the first serving cell in a form indicating that the broadcast is stopped.
  • the sending, by the core network device, the second indication information to the positioning server may include: if the second condition is met, the core network device is configured to the positioning server Send the second indication message.
  • the second condition that the core network device meets in the present application is any one of the following conditions: the core network device determines that the number of UEs to be located in the first serving cell is less than or equal to a fifth threshold, and the fifth threshold is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the core network device determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is less than or equal to a sixth threshold, and the sixth threshold is less than or equal to a second threshold; and/or, the core The network device determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is less than or equal to a seventh threshold, and the seventh threshold is less than or equal to a third threshold; and/or the core network device determines the first service. In the UE that needs to be located in the cell, the number of UEs that satisfy any of the locating service types is less than or equal to an eighth threshold, and the eighth threshold is less than or equal to a fourth threshold.
  • the application sends a core network device to a positioning server.
  • the core network device may further include: sending, by the core network device, a location notification message to the base station, where the location notification is sent The message carries a location request.
  • the application provides a method for sending positioning assistance data, where the method includes: acquiring, by a first UE, first positioning assistance data broadcast by a base station corresponding to a first serving cell, where the first positioning assistance data is used by a first UE The first location is used by the first UE to perform positioning measurement, and the first UE is a UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell.
  • the UE that needs to be located may acquire the positioning assistance data broadcasted by the base station, and the positioning assistance data may be obtained by using the RTK technology.
  • the positioning assistance data may be obtained by the positioning server according to the rough location of the UE, the indication information of the positioning capability of the UE, and the reference data. Therefore, the positioning accuracy of the precise location of the UE obtained by the UE that needs to be located according to the positioning assistance data is high.
  • the positioning assistance data may be sent in the form of a broadcast, the resource utilization rate is high during the process in which the UE that needs to be located obtains its precise location.
  • the first UE may further include: sending, by the first UE, the first UE to the positioning server a first message, the first message of the first UE includes at least one of positioning capability indication information of the first UE, positioning method indication information supported by the first UE, and indication information of a service type supported by the first UE;
  • the indication information of the capability is used to indicate the positioning capability of the UE, and the indication information of the location accuracy is used to indicate the positioning accuracy supported by the UE, and the indication information of the service type is used to indicate the service type supported by the UE.
  • the present application may refer to the related description in the first possible implementation manner of the foregoing first aspect, which is not described in the foregoing description of the first message that the first UE sends the first message to the locating server. Narration.
  • the positioning capability supported by the UE includes at least one of OTDOA, RTK, RTD, SSR, VRS, MAC, FKP, and PPP.
  • the first UE may further include: receiving, by the first UE, the first service a first change paging message sent by the base station corresponding to the cell, where the first change paging message carries change indication information, where the system message related to the first positioning assistance data is changed; wherein, the first UE is The UE served by the serving cell corresponds to the first positioning assistance data.
  • the UE that needs to locate may not receive the message of other network element before acquiring the positioning assistance data; and the change sent by the receiving base station After the paging message, the corresponding positioning assistance data broadcast by the base station is started to be received. In this way, the spectrum efficiency and resource utilization in the positioning process of the UE that needs to be located can be improved.
  • the first UE may further include: receiving, by the first UE, the first service a first positioning paging message sent by the base station corresponding to the cell, where the first positioning paging message carries a positioning request message Show information.
  • the first UE can acquire the first positioning assistance data broadcasted by the base station before establishing the connection with the core network device or the base station, the first UE can be based on the first positioning before connecting the core network device or the base station. Accurate positioning of auxiliary data can improve spectrum efficiency and resource utilization.
  • the method may further include: sending, by the first UE, the positioning server
  • the first auxiliary data request message carries the additional request indication information for requesting acquisition of the additional first positioning assistance information.
  • the method for transmitting the positioning assistance data provided by the present application can obtain the positioning assistance data of the UE generated by the positioning server side and one or more additional positioning assistance data according to the positioning accuracy of the required location, so that The positioning accuracy of the positioning UE is improved during the positioning process to meet the positioning accuracy of the UE requirement.
  • the first UE receives the coarse location request sent by the positioning server; the first UE sends the coarse location to the positioning server.
  • the first UE is a UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell.
  • the application provides a positioning server, where the positioning server includes: a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive at least one positioning request sent by the core network device, where the positioning request includes an identifier of the UE and an identifier of the serving cell of the UE.
  • a sending module configured to send, according to the at least one positioning request received by the receiving module, at least one positioning assistance data to the base station.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive, before the sending module sends the at least one positioning assistance data to the base station according to the at least one positioning request received by the receiving module, a first message sent by the UE that needs to be located in the serving cell, where the first message includes at least one of indication information of the positioning capability of the UE and/or indication information of the positioning accuracy and/or indication information of the service type;
  • the indication information of the location capability is used to indicate the location capability of the UE, and the indication information of the location accuracy is used to indicate the location accuracy supported by the UE, and the indication information of the service type is used to indicate the service type supported by the UE.
  • the positioning capability supported by the UE includes at least one of OTDOA, RTK, RTD, SSR, VRS, MAC, FKP, and PPP.
  • the positioning server may further include a sending module.
  • the sending module is configured to send, to the first serving cell, at least one positioning assistance data to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell according to the at least one positioning request.
  • the foregoing sending module may further include a sending submodule and a determining submodule.
  • the foregoing sending submodule is configured to send, by the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, at least one positioning assistance data to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell according to the identifier of the first serving cell, if it is determined that the first condition is met.
  • the determining sub-module is specifically configured to determine that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is greater than a first threshold; and/or determine the number of UEs that meet the positioning capability of the UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the first indication information that is sent by the core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the positioning assistance data is sent to the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell in a broadcast manner.
  • the foregoing sending module may further include a dividing sub-module.
  • the foregoing sub-module is configured to: at least one positioning auxiliary data of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell, according to the positioning capability and/or the positioning accuracy and/or the positioning service type of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell. Dividing the type to obtain different types of the at least one positioning assistance data.
  • the foregoing sending submodule is further configured to send, according to the at least one positioning request, the at least one positioning assistance data of different types obtained by the dividing submodule to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell.
  • the foregoing sending submodule is further configured to: send, according to the identifier of the first serving cell, at least one positioning assistance to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell. After the data, the base station corresponding to the first serving cell sends a stop indication message, where the stop indication message is used to stop sending the at least one positioning assistance data to the base station.
  • the foregoing sending submodule is further configured to: when the first condition is met, send a stop indication message to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, where The stop indication message is used to instruct to stop sending at least one positioning assistance data to the base station.
  • the determining sub-module is specifically configured to determine that the number of UEs to be located in the first serving cell is less than or equal to a fifth threshold, and the fifth threshold is less than or equal to the first threshold; and/or determine that the UE needs to be located in the first serving cell.
  • the number of UEs that meet the positioning capability of any UE is less than or equal to a sixth threshold, and the sixth threshold is less than or equal to the second threshold; and/or, determining that the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell meets the UE that supports any positioning method
  • the number of the UE is less than or equal to the third threshold, and the seventh threshold is less than or equal to the third threshold; and/or determining that the number of UEs that meet the positioning service type is less than or equal to the eighth threshold in the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell,
  • the eight threshold is less than or equal to the fourth threshold.
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the second indication information that is sent by the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the positioning assistance data is sent to the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell by using the broadcast mode.
  • the receiving module may be further configured to: before the sending module sends the at least one positioning assistance data to the base station according to the at least one positioning request, Receiving a base station location message sent by the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, where the base station location message may include location indication information of the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, where the location indication information of the base station may indicate the location of the base station, the first service The location of the community.
  • the above positioning server may further include a generating module. And a generating module, configured to generate or acquire positioning assistance data according to the first message of the UE in the first serving cell, the reference data, and the base station location message received by the receiving module.
  • the receiving module may be further configured to: before the sending module sends the at least one positioning assistance data to the base station according to the at least one positioning request, Receiving a base station location message sent by the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, where the base station location message may include location indication information of the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, where the location indication information of the base station may indicate the location of the base station, the first service The location of the community.
  • the above positioning server may further include a generating module. The generating module is configured to generate or acquire positioning assistance data according to the first message of the UE in the first serving cell, the reference data, and the base station location message received by the receiving module.
  • the sending module is further configured to send a coarse location request to the UE before sending the at least one positioning assistance data to the base station according to the at least one positioning request.
  • the foregoing receiving module is further configured to receive a coarse location sent by the UE, where the positioning server may further include a generating module. And a generating module, configured to generate or acquire positioning assistance data according to the first message of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell, the reference data, and the rough location received by the receiving module.
  • the application provides a base station, where the base station includes: a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive at least one positioning assistance data sent by the positioning server.
  • the sending module is configured to broadcast at least one positioning assistance data received by the receiving module.
  • the foregoing sending module is configured to broadcast, to the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell, at least one positioning assistance data of different types.
  • the receiving module is further configured to: before receiving the at least one positioning assistance data sent by the positioning server, receive a positioning notification message sent by the core network device, where The location notification message includes a location request, where the location request includes the identifier of the UE and the identifier of the serving cell of the UE.
  • the sending module is further configured to send the location notification message received by the receiving module to the UE that needs to be located.
  • the sending module is further configured to: after the receiving module receives the at least one positioning assistance data sent by the positioning server, to the first The UE sends a first change paging message, where the first change paging message carries the change indication information, where the system message related to the first positioning assistance data is changed, where the first UE is in the first serving cell.
  • the UE the first UE corresponds to the first positioning assistance data.
  • the foregoing sending module may include a dividing submodule and a sending submodule.
  • the sub-module is configured to divide the at least one positioning auxiliary data according to the positioning capability and/or the positioning accuracy and/or the positioning service type of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell, and obtain at least one positioning assistance of different types. data.
  • a sending submodule configured to send, according to the at least one positioning request, at least one positioning assistance data of a different type to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell.
  • the foregoing sending module may be further configured to send a base station location message to the location server, where the base station location message may include location indication information of the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, The location indication information of the base station may indicate the location of the base station and/or the location of the first serving cell.
  • the application provides a core network device, where the core network device includes: a sending module and a determining module.
  • the foregoing sending module is configured to send, to the positioning server, at least one positioning request, where each positioning request includes an identifier of the UE and an identifier of the serving cell of the UE.
  • the foregoing sending module is further configured to send the first indication information to the positioning server if the first condition is met, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the positioning assistance data is sent to the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell in a broadcast manner.
  • the determining module is configured to determine that the first condition is met.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to determine that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is greater than a first threshold; and/or determine the number of UEs that need to locate any UE in the first serving cell that needs to be located. And greater than the second threshold; and/or determining that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is greater than a third threshold; and/or determining the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell
  • the number of UEs satisfying any of the positioning service types is greater than a fourth threshold.
  • the sending module is further configured to: after sending the first indication information to the positioning server, send the second indication information to the positioning server, where the second indication information is used to indicate The positioning assistance data is sent to the UE in the first serving cell that needs to be located in the form of a broadcast.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to send the second indication information to the positioning server if the second condition is met.
  • the determining module is further configured to: determine that the number of UEs to be located in the first serving cell is less than or equal to a fifth threshold, and the fifth threshold is less than or equal to the first threshold; and/or determine, in the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell, The number of UEs that meet the positioning capability of any UE is less than or equal to a sixth threshold, and the sixth threshold is less than or equal to the second threshold; and/or, determining that the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell meets the UE that supports any positioning method The number is less than or equal to the seventh threshold, and the seventh threshold is less than or equal to the third threshold; and/or, determining that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is less than or equal to the eighth threshold, and the eighth The threshold is less than or equal to the fourth threshold.
  • the foregoing sending module is further configured to: before sending a positioning request to the positioning server, send a positioning notification message to the base station, where the positioning notification message carries the Location request.
  • the application provides a UE (hereinafter referred to as a first UE), where the first UE includes: a receiving module.
  • the receiving module is configured to obtain first positioning assistance data broadcast by the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, where the first positioning assistance data is used by the first UE to calculate an accurate location, or the first positioning assistance data is used for A UE performs positioning measurement, where the first UE is a UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell.
  • the first UE may further include a sending module.
  • the sending module is configured to: before the receiving module obtains the first positioning assistance data broadcast by the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, send the first message of the first UE to the positioning server, where the first message of the first UE includes At least one of the positioning capability indication information of the UE, the positioning method indication information supported by the first UE, and the indication information of the service type supported by the first UE; wherein the indication information of the positioning capability is used to indicate the positioning capability of the UE, and the positioning The indication information of the precision is used to indicate the positioning accuracy supported by the UE, and the indication information of the service type is used to indicate the service type supported by the UE.
  • the positioning capability supported by the UE includes at least one of OTDOA, RTK, RTD, SSR, VRS, MAC, FKP, and PPP.
  • the foregoing receiving module is configured to receive, according to the first positioning assistance data broadcasted by the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, the first serving cell
  • the first change paging message sent by the base station where the first change paging message carries change indication information, and is used to indicate that the system message related to the first positioning assistance data changes.
  • the foregoing receiving module is further configured to: after obtaining the first positioning assistance data broadcast by the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, receive the corresponding corresponding to the first serving cell a first positioning paging message sent by the base station, where the first positioning paging message carries positioning request indication information.
  • the sending module is further configured to: after the receiving module obtains the first positioning assistance data broadcast by the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, to the positioning server Sending a first auxiliary data request message, where the first auxiliary data request message carries additional request indication information, for requesting acquisition of additional first positioning assistance information.
  • the foregoing receiving module is further used
  • the sending module may further be configured to send a coarse location to the positioning server, in response to receiving the coarse location request sent by the positioning server.
  • the application provides a sending system for locating auxiliary data, the system comprising:
  • a base station as in the sixth aspect and any one of its possible implementations.
  • a core network device as in the seventh aspect and any one of its possible implementations.
  • At least one UE in the eighth aspect and any one of its possible implementations are provided.
  • the application provides a location server, the location server comprising: one or more processors, a memory, a communication interface, and a bus; the memory is configured to store at least one instruction, the one or more processors, and the memory And the communication interface is connected through the bus, and when the positioning server is running, the one or more processors execute the at least one instruction stored in the memory, so that the positioning server performs the first aspect and any possible implementation thereof The method of transmitting positioning assistance data in the mode.
  • the application provides a computer storage medium comprising: at least one instruction; when the at least one instruction is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the first aspect and any possible implementation thereof The method of transmitting positioning assistance data in the mode.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, comprising: at least one instruction; when the at least one instruction is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the first aspect and any possible implementation thereof The method of transmitting positioning assistance data in the mode.
  • the positioning server in the tenth aspect provided above, the computer storage medium in the eleventh aspect, or the computer program product in the twelfth aspect are all used to execute the corresponding method provided above, and therefore,
  • the beneficial effects that can be achieved can be referred to the beneficial effects in the corresponding methods provided above, and are not described herein again.
  • the application provides a base station, comprising: one or more processors, a memory, a communication interface, and a bus; the memory is configured to store at least one instruction, the one or more processors, and the memory and The communication interface is coupled through the bus, the one or more processors executing the at least one instruction stored by the memory when the base station is operative, to cause the base station to perform the second aspect and any one of the possible implementations How to send positioning assistance data.
  • the application provides a computer storage medium comprising: at least one instruction; when the at least one instruction is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the second aspect and any one of the possible A method of transmitting positioning assistance data in an implementation manner.
  • the application provides a computer program product, comprising: at least one instruction; when the at least one instruction is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the second aspect and any one of the possible A method of transmitting positioning assistance data in an implementation manner.
  • the base station in the thirteenth aspect provided above, the computer storage medium in the fourteenth aspect, or the computer program product in the fifteenth aspect are all for performing the corresponding method provided above, and therefore
  • the beneficial effects that can be achieved can be referred to the beneficial effects in the corresponding methods provided above, and are not described herein again.
  • the application provides a core network device, the core network device comprising: one or more processors, a memory, a communication interface, and a bus; the memory is configured to store at least one instruction, the one or more processors And the memory and the communication interface are connected through the bus, when the core network device is running, the one or more processors execute at least one instruction stored in the memory, so that the core network device performs the third aspect and any A method of transmitting positioning assistance data in a possible implementation.
  • the present application provides a computer storage medium comprising: at least one instruction; when the at least one instruction is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the third aspect and any one of the possible A method of transmitting positioning assistance data in an implementation manner.
  • the application provides a computer program product, comprising: at least one instruction; when the at least one instruction is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the third aspect and any one of the possible A method of transmitting positioning assistance data in an implementation manner.
  • the core device in the sixteenth aspect, the computer storage medium in the seventeenth aspect, or the computer program product in the eighteenth aspect are all used to perform the corresponding method provided above, and therefore, The beneficial effects that can be achieved can be referred to the beneficial effects in the corresponding methods provided above, and are not described herein again.
  • the application provides a UE, the UE includes: one or more processors, a memory, a communication interface, and a bus; the memory is configured to store at least one instruction, the one or more processors, and the memory and The communication interface is connected by the bus, the one or more processors executing at least one instruction stored by the memory when the UE is running, to enable the UE to perform the fourth aspect and any possible implementation thereof How to locate the auxiliary data.
  • the application provides a computer storage medium comprising: at least one instruction; when the at least one instruction is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the fourth aspect and any one of the possible A method of transmitting positioning assistance data in an implementation manner.
  • the present application provides a computer program product comprising: at least one instruction; when the at least one instruction is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the fourth aspect and any one of the possible The method of transmitting positioning assistance data in the implementation manner.
  • the UE in the nineteenth aspect, the computer storage medium in the twentieth aspect, or the computer program product in the twenty-first aspect are all used to perform the corresponding method provided above, and therefore, The beneficial effects that can be achieved can be referred to the beneficial effects in the corresponding methods provided above, and are not described herein again.
  • the present application provides a system for transmitting positioning assistance data, the system comprising: the positioning server according to the tenth aspect and any possible implementation manner thereof; and the thirteenth aspect and any one thereof a base station in a possible implementation; and a core network device as in the sixteenth aspect and any one of the possible implementations; and at least one UE in the nineteenth aspect and any one of the possible implementations .
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a positioning system applied to a method for transmitting positioning assistance data according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a positioning server according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a core network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart 1 of a method for sending positioning assistance data according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart 2 of a method for sending positioning assistance data according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart 3 of a method for sending positioning assistance data according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart 4 of a method for sending positioning assistance data according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart 5 of a method for sending positioning assistance data according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart 6 of a method for sending positioning assistance data according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart diagram 7 of a method for sending positioning assistance data according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart 8 of a method for sending positioning assistance data according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart nin of a method for sending positioning assistance data according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart 10 of a method for sending positioning assistance data according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart 11 of a method for sending positioning assistance data according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • 16 is a schematic flowchart 12 of a method for transmitting positioning assistance data according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for transmitting positioning assistance data according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a positioning server according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a positioning server according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram 4 of a positioning server according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram 5 of a positioning server according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram 2 of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a core network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a core network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram 2 of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a UE according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • first and second in the specification and claims of the embodiments of the present invention are used to distinguish different objects, and are not intended to describe a specific order of the objects.
  • first threshold and the second threshold, etc. are used to distinguish different values, rather than to describe a particular order of devices.
  • the meaning of "a plurality" is two or more unless otherwise specified.
  • the words “exemplary” or “such as” are used to mean an example, illustration, or illustration. Any embodiment or design described as “exemplary” or “for example” in the embodiments of the invention should not be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of the words “exemplary” or “such as” is intended to present the concepts in a particular manner.
  • the method, device, and system for transmitting positioning assistance data provided by the embodiments of the present invention may be applied to a process of transmitting positioning assistance data, and is specifically applied to a process of converting positioning assistance data from a unicast form to a broadcast form. It can improve positioning accuracy and improve spectrum efficiency and resource utilization.
  • the positioning system to be applied to the method for transmitting the positioning assistance data provided by the embodiment of the present invention may include a positioning server, at least one base station, at least one core network device, and at least one user equipment (User Equipment, UE); Includes at least one Reference Stations.
  • a positioning server at least one base station, at least one core network device, and at least one user equipment (User Equipment, UE); Includes at least one Reference Stations.
  • One base station may cover one or more cells, and each cell may cover one or more UEs.
  • the positioning server provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be an Enhanced Serving Mobile Location Centre (E-SMLC), and a Gateway Mobile Location Center (Gateway).
  • E-SMLC Enhanced Serving Mobile Location Centre
  • Gateway Gateway Mobile Location Center
  • the location server of the Mobile Location Center (G-MLC), the RTK server, and the like are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the core network device may be a core network device supporting a 3GPP technology, such as a Mobility Management Entity (MME), a Serving GateWay (S-GW), and a PDN Gate (P-GW). This example does not specifically limit this.
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • S-GW Serving GateWay
  • P-GW PDN Gate
  • the foregoing base station may be a base station (BS), a base station (eNodeB, eNB), a gNB, an Internet of Thing eNB (IoT eNB), or the like, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • BS base station
  • eNodeB base station
  • gNB gNodeB
  • IoT eNB Internet of Thing eNB
  • the foregoing UE may be an enhanced machine type communication (eMTC), a narrowband Internet of Things (NB IoT), a Long Term Evolution (LTE), and an NR (New Radio Access Technology in 3GPP).
  • Communication type UE may further include an LCS client, where the LCS client may be configured in the UE or configured outside the UE, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • a terminal such as a UE
  • the above UE may be a cellular phone, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless device, a wireless modem, a wireless router, a laptop, a telemetry device, a tracking device, and the like.
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • the reference station may be a reference station using a virtual reference station (VRS) technology, a primary reference station and a secondary reference station using a master Auxiliary Concept (MAC), etc., which is not used in this embodiment of the present invention. Specifically limited.
  • VRS virtual reference station
  • MAC master Auxiliary Concept
  • the following describes the method for transmitting positioning assistance data provided by the embodiment of the present invention by using a positioning server and a base station, a core network device, a reference station, and at least one UE as an example.
  • the positioning system 10 may include a positioning server 111, a base station 121, a core network device 131, UEs 141-149, UEs 151-153, UEs 161-168, and reference. Station 171.
  • the base station 121 can cover the cell 1, the cell 2, and the cell 3.
  • the cell 1 can cover the UE 141-149, the cell 2 can cover the UE 151-153, and the cell 3 can cover the UE 161-168. That is, the cell 1 is the serving cell of the UE 141-149, the cell 2 is the serving cell of the UE 151-153, and the cell 3 is the serving cell of the UE 161-168.
  • a cell is sometimes referred to as a “serving cell”, and the relationship between the cell and the UE it serves is not limited, and the cell itself is not limited.
  • any one of the UEs 141-149, the UEs 151-153, and the UEs 161-168 may initiate a positioning request and send the positioning request to the core network device 131, where the positioning request may be in any of the foregoing UEs.
  • the configured LCS client initiates the request; after the core network device 131 receives the location request sent by any of the UEs, including the location request sent by the LCS client configured in the UE, the location request may be sent.
  • the core network device 131 can also initiate a positioning request to request precise positioning of any of the above UEs.
  • the location server 111 can receive the location request from the core network device 131; and the location server 111 can interact with the UE that needs to be located to obtain indication information of the location capability of the UE; subsequently, the location server 111 can be based on the location capability of the UE.
  • the indication information is processed by the positioning request of the UE to obtain positioning assistance data of the UE; finally, the positioning server 111 can interact with the UE, so that The UE performs precise positioning according to the positioning assistance data.
  • the positioning server 111 may also interact with the base station 121. Obtain positioning signal configuration information of the UE that needs to be located.
  • the positioning server 111 may process the positioning request of the UE according to the indication information of the positioning capability supported by the UE, and obtain the positioning assistance data of the UE, which may be an indication that the positioning server 111 is based on the positioning capability of the UE.
  • the information and the positioning signal configuration information of the UE are processed, and the positioning request of the UE is processed to perform positioning measurement on the UE.
  • the positioning signal configuration information is a positioning signal configuration applying an OTDOA method.
  • the positioning server when the indication information of the positioning capability of the UE indicates that the UE supports the OTDOA method, the positioning server performs the foregoing operations to implement the method for performing positioning measurement on the UE, which can be easily implemented by those skilled in the art. The embodiments of the invention will not be described again.
  • the positioning server 111 can receive reference data from the reference station; and the positioning server 111 can interact with the UE that needs to be located, Get the rough location of the UE.
  • the positioning server 111 may process the positioning request of the UE according to the indication information of the positioning capability of the UE, and obtain the positioning assistance data of the UE.
  • the positioning server 111 may be based on the rough location of the UE and the UE.
  • the indication information of the positioning capability and the reference data are processed to process the positioning request of the UE to obtain the precise location of the UE.
  • the positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data for applying the RTK method.
  • the coarse location of the UE may be obtained by information measured by the UE.
  • the location capability indication information of the UE indicates that the UE supports the RTK method
  • the method for the location server to perform the foregoing operations to obtain the precise location of the UE may be easily implemented by a person skilled in the art. I won't go into details here.
  • Wireless communication is also via wired communication.
  • data between some network elements is transmitted by wireless communication such as paging messages or dedicated signaling.
  • the data transmission between the positioning server and the base station may be through an LTE Positioning Protocol Annex (LPPa), and the data may be related to positioning, such as the positioning assistance data, or provided by the base station. Positioning signal configuration information, etc.
  • LTPa LTE Positioning Protocol Annex
  • the data transmission between the locating server and the UE may be through an LTE Positioning Protocol (LPP), which may be indication information of the positioning capability of the UE, positioning assistance data and location (such as a rough location of the UE), and the like.
  • LTP LTE Positioning Protocol
  • the positioning server and the core network device may transmit data through a Location Services Application Protocol (LCS-AP), and the data may be a positioning request for requesting positioning of the UE.
  • LCS-AP Location Services Application Protocol
  • the base station and the UE may transmit data through a Radio Resource Control (RRC), and the data may be positioning assistance data broadcast by the base station.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the “UE that needs to be located” provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be “actively initiated”.
  • Bit-requested UE or "UE that initiates a positioning request by the core network device” or "UE that is initiated by the LCS entity to locate a certain UE”.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a positioning server according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the location server can include a memory 22, a communication interface 23, and at least one processor 21.
  • the processor 21 is a control center of the device, and may be a processor or a collective name of a plurality of processing elements.
  • the processor 21 may be a central processing unit (CPU), may be an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or may be one or more configured to implement the embodiments of the present invention.
  • An integrated circuit such as one or more digital signal processors (DSPs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs).
  • the processor 21 can perform various functions of the device by running or executing a software program stored in the memory 22 and calling data stored in the memory 22.
  • the processor 21 can be configured to process the UE location request and obtain positioning assistance data for the UE to be positioned accurately.
  • processor 21 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 shown in FIG.
  • the location server can include multiple processors, such as processor 21 and processor 25 shown in FIG.
  • processors can be a single core processor (CPU) or a multi-core processor (multi-CPU).
  • a processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data, such as computer program instructions.
  • the memory 22 can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other type that can store information and instructions.
  • the dynamic storage device can also be an Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EEPROM), a Compact Disc Read-Only Memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, and a disc storage device. (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be Any other media accessed, but not limited to this.
  • Memory 22 may be present independently and coupled to processor 21 via communication bus 24.
  • the memory 22 can also be integrated with the processor 21.
  • the memory 22 is used to store a software program for executing the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention, and is controlled by the processor 21.
  • the communication interface 23 may include two communication interfaces, a sending interface for transmitting data to the external device and a receiving interface for receiving data from the external device, that is, the positioning server may implement data through two different communication interfaces respectively.
  • the receipt and transmission of data For example, in conjunction with FIG. 1, one communication interface of the location server 111 can transmit corresponding positioning assistance data to one UE (such as the UE 151) shown in FIG. 1, and another communication interface can receive a positioning request sent by the core network device 121, and the like.
  • the communication interface 23 can integrate the data receiving function and the data transmitting function on a communication interface having a data receiving function and a data transmitting function.
  • the structure of the positioning server shown in FIG. 2 does not constitute a definition of a positioning server, and may include more or less components than those illustrated, or a combination of certain components, or different component arrangements.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station may include at least one processor 31, a memory 32, and a communication interface 33.
  • the processor 31 is a control center of the device, and may be a processor or a collective name of a plurality of processing elements.
  • processor 31 can be a CPU, or an ASIC, or can be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention, such as one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs.
  • the processor 31 can perform various functions of the device by running or executing a software program stored in the memory 32 and calling data stored in the memory 32.
  • the processor 31 can be used to distinguish between cells covered by the base station and UEs covered in the cell.
  • processor 31 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 shown in FIG.
  • the base station can include multiple processors, such as processor 31 and processor 35 shown in FIG. Each of these processors can be a single core processor or a multi-core processor.
  • a processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data, such as computer program instructions.
  • Memory 32 may be a ROM or other type of static storage device that may store static information and instructions, RAM or other types of dynamic storage devices that may store information and instructions, or may be EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, optical disk storage. (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be Any other media accessed, but not limited to this.
  • Memory 32 may be present independently and coupled to processor 31 via communication bus 34. The memory 32 can also be integrated with the processor 31.
  • the memory 32 is used to store a software program for executing the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention, and is controlled by the processor 31 for execution.
  • the communication interface 33 may include two communication interfaces, a transmission interface for transmitting data to the external device and a receiving interface for receiving data from the external device, that is, the base station may implement data by two different communication interfaces respectively. Receive and send data.
  • one communication interface of the base station 121 can transmit measurement information of the UE that needs to be located to the positioning server 111 shown in FIG. 1, and another positioning interface can receive positioning assistance data and the like sent by the positioning server 111.
  • the communication interface 33 can integrate the data receiving function and the data transmitting function on a communication interface having a data receiving function and a data transmitting function.
  • the base station structure shown in FIG. 3 does not constitute a limitation to a base station, and may include more or less components than those illustrated, or some components may be combined, or different component arrangements.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the core network device may include at least one processor 41, a memory 42, and a communication interface 43.
  • the processor 41 is a control center of the device, and may be a processor or multiple processing elements. Collectively.
  • processor 41 may be a CPU, or an ASIC, or may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention, such as one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs.
  • processor 41 can perform various functions of the device by running or executing a software program stored in the memory 42, and calling data stored in the memory 42.
  • processor 41 can be used to decide whether to connect to a UE.
  • processor 41 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 shown in FIG.
  • the core network device may include multiple processors, such as the processor 41 and the processor 45 shown in FIG. Each of these processors can be a single core processor or a multi-core processor.
  • a processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data, such as computer program instructions.
  • the memory 42 can be a ROM or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, RAM or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, and can also be EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, optical disk storage. (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be Any other media accessed, but not limited to this.
  • Memory 42 may be present independently and coupled to processor 41 via communication bus 44. The memory 42 can also be integrated with the processor 41.
  • the memory 42 is used to store a software program for executing the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention, and is controlled by the processor 41 for execution.
  • the communication interface 43 may include two communication interfaces, a transmission interface for transmitting data to the external device and a receiving interface for receiving data from the external device, that is, the core network device may be implemented by two different communication interfaces respectively. Reception of data and transmission of data.
  • a communication interface of the core network device 131 can transmit a location request to the location server 111 shown in FIG. 1, and initiate a paging message for establishing a connection to one UE shown in FIG. 1; another communication The interface may receive the positioning request sent by one UE shown in FIG. 1.
  • the communication interface 43 can integrate the data receiving function and the data transmitting function on a communication interface having a data receiving function and a data transmitting function.
  • the core network device structure illustrated in FIG. 4 does not constitute a limitation to the core network device, and may include more or fewer components than those illustrated, or some components may be combined, or different component arrangements.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the UE may include at least one processor 51, a memory 52, and a communication interface 53.
  • the processor 51 is a control center of the device, and may be a processor or a collective name of a plurality of processing elements.
  • processor 51 may be a CPU, or an ASIC, or may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement embodiments of the present invention, such as one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs.
  • the processor 51 can perform various functions of the device by running or executing a software program stored in the memory 52 and calling data stored in the memory 52.
  • processor 51 can be used to decide whether to connect to a UE.
  • the processor 51 may include One or more CPUs are included, such as CPU0 and CPU1 shown in FIG.
  • the UE may include multiple processors, such as processor 51 and processor 55 shown in FIG. Each of these processors can be a single core processor or a multi-core processor.
  • a processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data, such as computer program instructions.
  • Memory 52 may be a ROM or other type of static storage device that may store static information and instructions, RAM or other types of dynamic storage devices that may store information and instructions, or may be EEPROM, CD-ROM or other optical disk storage, optical disk storage. (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be Any other media accessed, but not limited to this.
  • Memory 52 may be present independently and coupled to processor 51 via communication bus 54. The memory 52 can also be integrated with the processor 51.
  • the memory 52 is used to store a software program for executing the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention, and is controlled by the processor 51 for execution.
  • the communication interface 53 may include two communication interfaces, a transmission interface for transmitting data to the external device and a receiving interface for receiving data from the external device, that is, the UE may implement data through two different communication interfaces respectively. Receive and send data.
  • a communication interface of the UE 141 may send a positioning request to the core network device 131 shown in FIG. 1, and send indication information of the positioning capability of the UE 141 and its coarse location to the positioning server 111 shown in FIG.
  • the other communication interface can receive the positioning assistance data and the like transmitted by the positioning server 111 shown in FIG. 1.
  • the communication interface 53 can integrate the data receiving function and the data transmitting function on a communication interface having a data receiving function and a data transmitting function.
  • the UE structure shown in FIG. 5 does not constitute a limitation to the UE, and may include more or less components than those illustrated, or some components may be combined, or different component arrangements.
  • the embodiments of the present invention are as follows:
  • the positioning system that is used in the method for transmitting the positioning assistance data provided by the embodiment of the present invention is the E-SMLC
  • the core network device is the MME
  • the base station is the eNB.
  • the provided method can be applied to a positioning system using 3GPP technology, and the positioning system supports RTK technology.
  • the positioning system shown in FIG. 1 the positioning server shown in FIG. 2 , the base station shown in FIG. 3 , the core network device shown in FIG. 4 , and The UE shown in FIG. 5 describes in detail the flowchart of the method for transmitting the positioning assistance data shown in FIG. 6.
  • the method for sending positioning assistance data provided by Embodiment 1 of the method includes S601:
  • the core network device sends a positioning request to the positioning server.
  • step 601 can be performed by communication interface 43 in the core network device shown in FIG.
  • the foregoing core network device may send at least one positioning request to the positioning server.
  • the foregoing positioning request may be used by the core network device to receive a positioning request initiated by the UE that needs to be located, or the core network device initiates a positioning request for positioning the UE that needs to be located.
  • Each of the foregoing at least one positioning request may include an identifier of one UE and an identifier of a serving cell of the UE.
  • the identifier of the foregoing UE may be an International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) of the UE, and an IMEI may be unique.
  • IMEI International Mobile Equipment Identity
  • IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identification Number
  • the identifier of the foregoing serving cell may be an E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier (E-CGI), and an E-CGI may be used to identify a cell and may indicate The base station corresponding to the cell.
  • E-CGI E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier
  • an E-CGI may be used to identify a cell and may indicate The base station corresponding to the cell.
  • one E-CGI may contain 28 bits of information, the first 20 bits may indicate an identity (ID) of a base station corresponding to the cell, and the last 8 bits may indicate an ID of the cell.
  • the time at which the UE that needs to be located sends a positioning request to the core network device is not limited.
  • multiple UEs that need to be located may be sent to the core network device at the same time, or multiple locations need to be located.
  • the UEs can be sent to the core network device at different times.
  • the at least one positioning request may be a positioning request generated in a period of time; and the at least one positioning request may be continuously updated. For example, at a certain time after the step 601, a newly added UE that needs to be located in a cell initiates
  • the location request can be used to update at least one of the location requests described above.
  • the positioning server receives a positioning request sent by the core network device.
  • the positioning server may receive at least one positioning request sent by the core network device. After the positioning server receives the at least one bit request, the positioning assistance data may be sent in the form of a broadcast according to the at least one positioning request decision.
  • the method for sending the positioning assistance data may further include step 603 and step 604 after step 602:
  • the positioning server sends the positioning assistance data to the base station according to the positioning request.
  • the above step 602 and the above step 603 can be performed by the communication interface 23 of the positioning server shown in FIG. 2.
  • the positioning server may first send a notification message to the base station, where the notification message is used to notify the base station that the positioning server is to send the positioning assistance data to the base station.
  • the above notification message is LPPa signaling, and the specific signaling name is not limited.
  • the base station may reply with a response message, where the response message may include information such as a size limit of the data packetization, a transmission period, and the like.
  • the positioning server After receiving the response message sent by the base station, the positioning server sends the positioning assistance data to the base station.
  • the positioning server may send at least one positioning assistance data to the base station according to the at least one positioning request. Specifically, the positioning server may distinguish different UEs according to different UE identifiers included in different positioning requests, and distinguish different cells according to different cell identifiers. Since the serving cells of multiple UEs may be the same cell, multiple UEs with different identifiers may correspond to the same cell.
  • the positioning server may send, according to the identifier of the serving cell, positioning assistance data, such as at least one positioning assistance data, of the UE that needs to be located in the serving cell to the base station corresponding to the serving cell.
  • positioning assistance data such as at least one positioning assistance data
  • the base station receives the positioning assistance data sent by the positioning server.
  • the base station broadcasts positioning assistance data.
  • steps 604 and 605 can be performed by the communication interface 33 of the base station shown in FIG.
  • the base station may carry the foregoing positioning assistance data by using a system message broadcast by the base station, such as carrying at least A positioning assistance data and broadcasting the at least one positioning assistance data.
  • the positioning server may correspond to the at least one positioning request to the UE (ie, needs to be located).
  • the positioning assistance data of the UE is transmitted to the base station, so that the base station can broadcast the positioning assistance data.
  • the UE can obtain the corresponding positioning assistance data; and, because the positioning assistance data pair in one cell is the UE in the current cell, The positioning server sends the positioning assistance data in a broadcast form, and does not need to separately send the same positioning assistance data to the multiple UEs, so that the plurality of UEs can obtain the positioning assistance data. In this way, resource utilization and spectrum efficiency can be improved.
  • the positioning server may also interact with the UE that needs to be located in order to generate or acquire the positioning assistance data before transmitting the positioning assistance data to the base station.
  • the UE that needs to be located may be one or more UEs, and the process of interacting with the positioning server may be the same for each of the one or more UEs.
  • the base station can broadcast the positioning assistance data for one cell.
  • the method for sending the positioning assistance data provided in the second embodiment of the method may further include step 701.
  • the method for sending the positioning assistance data shown in FIG. 7 may further include step 701 after step 602:
  • the positioning server receives the first message sent by the UE to the positioning server.
  • step 701 can be performed by the communication interface 23 of the positioning server shown in FIG. 2.
  • the foregoing UE may be a UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell.
  • the foregoing first message includes at least one of indication information of a positioning capability of the UE and/or indication information of positioning accuracy and/or indication information of a service type.
  • the indication information of the foregoing positioning capability indicates that the positioning capability of the UE may include the foregoing OTDOA method and the RTK method.
  • the OTDOA method includes a UE based OTDOA and a UE-assisted OTDOA
  • the RTK method may include a UE based RTK and a UE-assisted RTK, that is, these method items that can be separately supported as capabilities.
  • the positioning capability of the UE may further include a real-time kinematic pesudorange difference (RTD), a state space representation (SSR), a virtual reference station (VRS), and a primary and secondary reference.
  • RTD real-time kinematic pesudorange difference
  • SSR state space representation
  • VRS virtual reference station
  • the positioning method supported by the positioning capability of the UE is not limited to the foregoing at least one method, and may further include other positioning methods, such as a wide-area differential augmentation system/satellite-based augmentation system. System, SBAS).
  • the positioning capability of the UE according to the embodiment of the present invention can support one or more positioning methods at the same time. For example, if a UE supports the OTDOA method, the RTK method can also be supported, so that the UE can adopt the OTDOA method and the RTK method. Positioning improves the positioning of the UE Positioning accuracy.
  • the UE may send the indication information of the positioning accuracy and/or the indication information of the service type to the positioning server, in addition to the indication information of the positioning capability of the UE.
  • the indication information of the positioning accuracy is used to indicate the positioning accuracy supported by the UE, for example, the UE supports centimeter-level precision, sub-meter-level precision, meter-level precision, and the like.
  • the indication information of the foregoing service type is used to indicate the service type supported by the UE, for example, the UE supports real-time high-precision positioning, allows positioning with a certain delay, and locates different quality of service (QoS) requirements.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the foregoing UE may send any one or any two or all of the indication information of the positioning capability, the indication information of the positioning precision, and the indication information of the service type to the positioning server, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the foregoing “first message sent by the UE” may be sent by the UE to the positioning server, or sent by the UE after receiving the first message request sent by the positioning server for requesting to acquire the first message.
  • steps 701a-701c may be further included before step 701:
  • the positioning server sends a first message request to the UE.
  • steps 701a and 701 can be performed by the communication interface 23 of the positioning server shown in FIG. 2.
  • the UE receives a first message request sent by the positioning server.
  • one or more UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell may respectively receive corresponding first message requests sent by the positioning server.
  • the UE sends a first message to the positioning server.
  • steps 701b and 701c may be performed by the communication interface 23 of the UE as shown in FIG. 5.
  • the UEs that need to be located in the multiple UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell can implement the methods provided in the foregoing steps 701a-701c, which will not be further described in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the foregoing positioning server may separately interact with one or more UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell to obtain a first message request corresponding to each UE of the one or more UEs, that is, obtain the one or more The positioning capability and/or positioning accuracy and/or location service type of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell.
  • step 603 may be specifically step 702.
  • step 603 in FIG. 6 may specifically be step 702:
  • the positioning server sends the positioning assistance data to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell according to the identifier of the first serving cell.
  • the above step 702 can be performed by the communication interface 23 of the positioning server as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the positioning server sends the positioning assistance data to the base station if the first condition is met.
  • the positioning assistance data may be one or more of one or more UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell. Locate auxiliary data.
  • the first condition on the location server side is any one of the following conditions 1-5, and the condition 1-5 is a relationship of "and/or".
  • the positioning server determines that the number of UEs to be located in the first serving cell is greater than a first threshold.
  • the specific value of the first threshold is not limited, and the value does not limit the implementation of the purpose of the present application.
  • the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell may be 9. If the first serving cell is the cell 2 shown in FIG. 1, the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell may be 3.
  • the first threshold is assumed to be 6, and in the case where the first condition is condition 1:
  • the positioning server can decide to use the broadcast mode. And transmitting positioning assistance data of the UE served by the first serving cell, such as at least one positioning assistance data. At this time, the positioning server may send the at least one positioning assistance data of the UE in the first serving cell to the base station, so that the base station corresponding to the first serving cell may broadcast the at least one positioning assistance data.
  • the method is configured to send at least one positioning assistance data of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell, and the positioning server may decide to send the at least one positioning assistance data by using a unicast manner.
  • the positioning server does not send at least one positioning assistance data of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell to the base station, and the base station corresponding to the first serving cell cannot broadcast the at least one positioning assistance data; instead, the UE 151- 153 interacts separately, so that the UE 151-153 obtains its positioning assistance data respectively.
  • the positioning server determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is greater than the second threshold.
  • the specific positioning capability of the UE provided by the present application is not limited to the positioning capability enumerated in the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the specific value of the second threshold is not limited, and the value does not limit the implementation of the purpose of the present application.
  • the number of UEs that need to be located in the cell 1 is 9.
  • the indication information of the positioning capability of the UE 141-144 indicates that the corresponding UE supports the VRS method, and the indication information of the positioning capability of the UE 145-148 indicates that the corresponding UE supports the MAC method; the indication information of the positioning capability of the UE 149 indicates corresponding The UE supports the FKP method.
  • the number of UEs that need to be located in the cell 2 is 3.
  • the indication information of the positioning capability of the UE 151-153 indicates that the corresponding UE supports the VRS method.
  • the first serving cell is the cell 1 shown in FIG. 1 and the number of UEs supporting the VRS method in the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell is 5 and 5 is greater than 3, the first condition is satisfied; At least one positioning assistance data of the UE 141-145 served by the first serving cell may be transmitted by using a broadcast, and the at least one positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data adopting the VRS method.
  • the bit server may send, to the base station, at least one positioning assistance data of the UE 141-145 served by the first serving cell using the VRS method, so that the base station corresponding to the first serving cell may broadcast the at least one positioning assistance data.
  • the positioning server may decide to use the broadcast manner to send the first serving cell service.
  • At least one positioning assistance data of the UE 145-148, and the at least one positioning assistance data is positioning assistance data using a MAC method. That is, the positioning server may send, to the base station, at least one positioning assistance data of the UE 145-148 served by the first serving cell, using the MAC method, so that the base station corresponding to the first serving cell can broadcast the at least one positioning assistance data.
  • the positioning assistance data of the UE 149 is the positioning assistance data using the FKP method. That is, the positioning server can interact with the UE 149, respectively, so that the UE 149 obtains the positioning assistance data using the FKP method.
  • the server does not decide to send at least one positioning assistance data of the UE served by the first serving cell in a broadcast manner, and the decision is to send the at least one positioning assistance data in a unicast manner.
  • the positioning server does not send at least one positioning assistance data of the UE served by the first serving cell to the base station by using the VRS method, and the base station corresponding to the first serving cell does not broadcast the at least one positioning assistance data;
  • the UEs 151-153 interact with each other, so that the UEs 151-153 respectively obtain the positioning assistance data using the VRS method.
  • the positioning server determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is greater than the third threshold.
  • the positioning server determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is greater than the fourth threshold.
  • the specific value of the third threshold and the fourth threshold is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention, and the value does not limit the implementation of the purpose of the present application.
  • the number of UEs in the first serving cell, the number of UEs satisfying any positioning capability, the number of UEs satisfying any positioning accuracy, and the number of UEs satisfying any positioning service type may be configured by the positioning server. It is obtained by counting one or more counters.
  • the location server when the location server generates location assistance data using the VRS method, the location server can count using a counter (such as counter 1). When the counter 1 counts up to 3, the positioning server decides to broadcast the positioning assistance data using the VRS method.
  • a counter such as counter 1
  • the positioning server uses one or more counters to count the number of corresponding UEs, which may be acquired within a certain period of time, for example, the certain time is 2 hours.
  • the above four statistical number manners may specifically start a timer before counting to control
  • the statistical result affects whether to broadcast the positioning assistance data during this time period. Further, when the E-SMLC determines to use the broadcast mode to send the positioning assistance data, the timer may be started. If the counter integrated value is greater than one of the thresholds during the running of the timer, the broadcast is continued and the timer is restarted, otherwise the broadcast is stopped.
  • the locating server receives the first indication information sent by the core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the positioning assistance data is sent to the UE in the first serving cell in a broadcast manner.
  • the location server Before the location server sends the at least one positioning assistance data of the UE served by the first serving cell to the base station, the first indication information indicating the broadcast positioning assistance data of the core network device may also be received. At this time, the positioning assistance data is sent by the core network device in the form of broadcast or unicast.
  • the positioning server obtains one of the indication information of the positioning capability of the UE to be located, the indication information of the positioning accuracy, or the indication information of the service type, or receives the received information.
  • the first indication information sent by the core network device can be used to decide to send the positioning assistance data in the form of broadcast or unicast. In this way, while the transmission of the positioning assistance data is switched from the unicast form to the broadcast form, the reliability of the transmission form of the decision positioning assistance data can be made high. Thereby, the resource utilization rate in the process of transmitting the positioning assistance data can be improved.
  • any UE that needs to be located can provide the indication information of the positioning capability or the indication information of the positioning accuracy or the indication information of the service type.
  • the positioning server can generate corresponding positioning assistance data according to the indication information, so that the process of generating the positioning assistance data is relatively reliable.
  • step 702 may include steps 801-803.
  • step 702 shown in FIG. 7 may include steps 801-803:
  • the positioning server determines that the first condition is met.
  • the foregoing step 801 may include at least one of step 801a, step 801b, step 801c, step 801d, and step 801e:
  • the positioning server determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is greater than a first threshold.
  • the positioning server determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is greater than a second threshold.
  • the positioning server determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is greater than a third threshold.
  • the positioning server determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is greater than a fourth threshold.
  • the positioning server receives the first indication information sent by the core network device.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the positioning assistance data is sent to the UE in the first serving cell in a broadcast manner.
  • step 801 and the steps 801a-801e For a detailed description of the step 801 and the steps 801a-801e, reference may be made to the corresponding parts in the step 702, and details are not described herein again.
  • the positioning server divides the type of positioning auxiliary data according to the positioning capability and/or the positioning accuracy and/or the positioning service type of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell, and obtains different types of positioning assistance. data.
  • steps 801a-801d and step 802 can be performed by the processor 21 of the positioning server as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the positioning assistance data of one or more UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell may be classified into the same type or different types, that is, each positioning assistance data may be classified into a corresponding type.
  • the positioning server may divide the positioning assistance data of different positioning capabilities in the UE in the first serving cell, for example, the positioning server may divide the positioning assistance data of the UE in the first serving cell, and use the positioning assistance data of the VRS method. Positioning assistance data using the MAC method and positioning assistance data using the FKP method.
  • the positioning server sends the positioning assistance data to the base station when the number of UEs that have at least one positioning capability in the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell is greater than or greater than a certain threshold, and the base station uses the broadcast mode to It is sent to the UE in the form of a broadcast.
  • the positioning server determines that the number of UEs having the VRS method positioning capability is large, the positioning server sends the positioning assistance data of the VRS to the base station, and the base station broadcasts the positioning data.
  • the type of positioning method or the type of positioning assistance data is not limited to one.
  • the type of the positioning assistance data provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be divided not only according to the positioning capability and/or the positioning accuracy and/or the positioning service type of the UE that needs to be located, but also according to the data type of the positioning auxiliary data itself. .
  • the data types of the positioning assistance data itself may include satellite ephemeris, ionospheric error, geometric error, satellite clock error, tropospheric error, orbit error. That is, the types of positioning assistance data provided by the embodiments of the present invention may include satellite ephemeris, ionospheric error, geometric error, satellite clock error, tropospheric error, orbit error, and the like.
  • the positioning assistance data is divided according to its own data type, and can also be divided into positioning auxiliary data of different frequencies, positioning auxiliary data of different data rates or positioning auxiliary data of different repetition times, which will not be described in the embodiment of the present invention. .
  • the at least one positioning assistance data generated by the positioning server may specifically be composed of one or more data packets.
  • the capacity of the data packet may be large, and the data packet needs to be segmented or unpacked before being sent to the base station. For example, split a packet into multiple smaller packets.
  • the positioning server can implement the division type of the positioning assistance data in the process of unpacking a data packet.
  • Each of the foregoing data packets may include different types of positioning assistance data, such as a data packet (referred to as data packet 1) including positioning assistance data of a satellite ephemeris type, positioning assistance data of an ionospheric error type, and A positioning aid data for a satellite clock error type.
  • data packet 1 a data packet including positioning assistance data of a satellite ephemeris type, positioning assistance data of an ionospheric error type, and A positioning aid data for a satellite clock error type.
  • the positioning server may split the data packet 1 into a sub-packet a, a sub-packet b, and a sub-packet c; the sub-packet a includes the positioning assistance data of the satellite ephemeris type, and the sub-packet b includes the above ionization
  • the positioning assistance data of the layer error type and the sub-packet c include positioning assistance data of the above-described satellite clock error type. That is, the positioning server implements different types of positioning assistance data in the data packet 1.
  • the packet 1 includes a positioning assistance data using the VRS method, a positioning assistance data using the MAC method, and a positioning assistance data using the FKP method.
  • the sub-packet a obtained by splitting the data packet 1 may include the positioning auxiliary data using the VRS method, and the sub-packet b may The positioning assistance data including the MAC method and the sub-packet c may include the positioning assistance data assistance data using the FKP method.
  • the positioning server sends different types of positioning assistance data to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell.
  • the above step 803 can be performed by the communication interface 23 of the positioning server as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the positioning server may send different types of positioning assistance data to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell according to the identifier of the first serving cell.
  • the identifier of the first serving cell may be obtained by a positioning request sent by the core network device.
  • the positioning server may send the positioning assistance data in the at least one positioning assistance data, the VRS method, the positioning assistance data using the MAC method, and the positioning assistance data using the FKP method to the base station.
  • the positioning assistance data sent by the positioning server to the base station may be one or more data packets, and the data packet may be obtained by splitting the positioning server.
  • step 604 may be specifically step 804, and the step 605 may be specifically step 805.
  • step 604 in FIG. 6 may specifically be step 804, and step 605 may specifically be step 805:
  • the base station corresponding to the first serving cell receives different types of positioning assistance data sent by the positioning server.
  • the base station corresponding to the first serving cell broadcasts different types of positioning assistance data to the UE in the first serving cell.
  • steps 804 and 805 can be performed by the communication interface 33 of the base station as shown in FIG.
  • the positioning server may divide at least one positioning assistance data of different positioning capabilities in the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell, such as positioning assistance data in the at least one positioning assistance data, using the VRS method, and positioning assistance using the MAC method. Data, using the FKP method and positioning aid data using the PPP-RTK method.
  • the positioning server divides the difference in the positioning assistance data sent by the positioning server before the decision is sent in the form of unicast or broadcast.
  • the type enables the base station to broadcast positioning assistance data according to different types. Therefore, the UE that needs to be located can obtain the corresponding type of positioning assistance data broadcasted by the base station, which is beneficial to improve the positioning accuracy in the positioning process of the UE.
  • the foregoing “according to the positioning capability and/or the positioning accuracy of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell and/or the positioning service type, and the positioning assistance data division type of the UE” The steps can also be performed by the base station.
  • the foregoing step 605 may include step 605a and step 805.
  • step 605 in FIG. 6 may include steps 605a and 805.
  • the base station corresponding to the first serving cell divides the type of positioning assistance data, and obtains different types of positioning assistance data.
  • the base station receives different types of data for broadcasting, such as broadcasting only the positioning assistance data of the satellite ephemeris type in a system information block (SIB), and broadcasting the positioning function of the ionospheric error type in another SIB. Data and more. Of course, it is also possible to transmit differently in one SIB. Divide in the package.
  • SIB system information block
  • the positioning assistance data obtained by the base station may also include positioning assistance data of different frequencies, positioning assistance data of different data rates, or positioning assistance data of different repetition times.
  • step 605a may be performed by the processor 31 of the base station as shown in FIG.
  • the base station may perform the differentiated transmission according to the positioning capability and/or the positioning accuracy of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell, and/or the positioning service type, or according to different received data.
  • the base station corresponding to the first serving cell broadcasts different types of positioning assistance data to the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell.
  • the base station may divide at least one positioning assistance data of different positioning capabilities in the UE served by the first serving cell, such as positioning assistance data in the at least one positioning assistance data of the UE served by the first serving cell, using the VRS method, Positioning assistance data using the MAC method and positioning assistance data using the FKP method.
  • the base station may classify the positioning assistance data into different types and broadcast the positioning assistance data according to different types. Therefore, the UE that needs to be located can obtain the corresponding type of positioning assistance data broadcasted by the base station, which is beneficial to improve the positioning accuracy in the positioning process of the UE.
  • the method for transmitting the positioning assistance data provided in the fourth embodiment of the method of the present application may further include the step 901 after the step 603 or the step 702 or the step 803. Exemplary.
  • step 901 may be further included:
  • the positioning server sends a stop indication message to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell.
  • the above step 901 can be performed by the communication interface 23 of the positioning server as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the stop indication message is used to indicate that the positioning server stops sending at least one positioning assistance data to the base station.
  • the positioning server can send the positioning assistance data in a unicast manner when the positioning assistance data is not required, so that the positioning assistance data is transmitted in a broadcast form or a unicast mode, and the resources are rationally utilized.
  • the at least one positioning assistance data sent by the positioning server to the base station may be at least one data packet sent by the positioning server to the base station, and each data packet carries one positioning assistance data.
  • the above stop indication message may be carried by the last data packet.
  • the stop indication message may further add a field for indicating that the broadcast is stopped to the last data packet that carries the positioning assistance data sent by the positioning server to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell; or the stop indication message may be
  • the comparison between the embodiments of the present invention is not limited in the data packet that is included in the field that only carries the information indicating that the broadcast is stopped.
  • the positioning server may send a stop indication message to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell according to the identifier of the first serving cell, where the stop indication message is used to stop sending the at least one positioning assistance data to the base station.
  • the above second condition is any one of the following conditions 6-10, and the condition 6-10 is a "and/or" relationship.
  • the positioning server determines that the number of UEs to be located in the first serving cell is less than or equal to a fifth threshold, and the fifth threshold is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the positioning server determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is less than or equal to a sixth threshold, and the sixth threshold is less than or equal to a second threshold.
  • the location server determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is less than or equal to a seventh threshold, and the seventh threshold is less than or equal to a third threshold.
  • the positioning server determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is less than or equal to an eighth threshold, and the eighth threshold is less than or equal to a fourth threshold.
  • the positioning server receives the second indication information sent by the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the positioning assistance data is sent to the UE in the first serving cell by using the broadcast mode.
  • the specific values of the fifth threshold, the sixth threshold, the seventh threshold, and the eighth threshold are not limited, and the value does not affect the implementation of the purpose of the present application.
  • the positioning server in the process of the positioning server generating the positioning assistance data by the VRS method, for example, when the counter 1 counts to 3, the positioning server decides to broadcast the positioning assistance data using the VRS method, and the positioning server can restart the counter 1. Then, when the counter 1 count reaches less than 3, the positioning server can decide to transmit the positioning assistance data using the VRS method in the form of unicast.
  • the positioning server may start another counter (such as Counter 2). Then, when the counter 2 counts less than 3, the positioning server may decide to send the positioning assistance data by using the VRS method in a unicast manner, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the positioning server obtains at least one of the indication information of the positioning capability of the UE to be located, the indication information of the positioning accuracy, or the indication information of the service type, and After receiving the second indication information sent by the core network device, the transmission of the positioning assistance data can be switched from a broadcast form to a unicast form. In this way, when the positioning and positioning assistance data is not required, if the number of UEs to be located is small, the positioning assistance data is sent only in the form of unicast to improve resource utilization.
  • the method may further include step 902 after step 901.
  • the method for transmitting the positioning assistance data shown in FIG. 9 may further include step 902 after step 901:
  • the base station corresponding to the first serving cell receives a stop indication message sent by the positioning server.
  • step 902 can be performed by the communication interface 33 of the base station as shown in FIG.
  • the base station corresponding to the first serving cell may stop broadcasting the positioning assistance data after receiving the stop indication message.
  • the execution entity that determines whether the at least positioning assistance data is sent in the form of a broadcast or a unicast may also be a core network device.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention may further include step 1001 after step 701.
  • the method for transmitting the auxiliary data may further include the step 1001 after the step 701:
  • the core network device sends a first indication message to the positioning server if the first condition is met.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the positioning assistance data is sent to the UE in the first serving cell that needs to be located in a broadcast form.
  • step 1001 can be performed by the communication interface 43 of the core network device shown in FIG.
  • the core network device may receive the UE capability indication (such as the indication information of the positioning capability of the UE) sent by the positioning server to the core network before sending the first indication message to the positioning server.
  • the first condition that is satisfied is any one of the following conditions 11-14, and the condition 11-14 is a relationship of "and/or".
  • the core network device determines that the number of UEs to be located in the first serving cell is greater than a first threshold.
  • the core network device determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is greater than the second threshold.
  • the core network device determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is greater than the third threshold.
  • the core network device determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is greater than the fourth threshold.
  • the method for transmitting the positioning assistance data provided by the embodiment of the present invention may further include steps 1001a-1001b before the step 1001.
  • the method shown in FIG. 10 may further include steps 1001a-1001b before step 1001:
  • the positioning server sends the first message of the UE to the core network device.
  • the above step 1001a can be performed by the communication interface 23 of the positioning server as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the foregoing UE may be a UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell.
  • the positioning server may send, to the core network device, the first message of one or more UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell.
  • S1001b The core network device receives the first message of the UE sent by the positioning server.
  • step 1001b can be performed by the communication interface 43 of the core network device as shown in FIG.
  • the core network device may further perform the method for obtaining the first information of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell by using the positioning server in the step 701a-701c and 701 to interact with the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell.
  • the first information of the UE that needs to be located in a serving cell is not described in detail in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the positioning server receives the first indication information, and can determine that the condition 14 in the first condition is satisfied. That is to say, the method for transmitting the positioning assistance data provided by the above embodiment may include the above step 801e after step 1001b. For example, in the method shown in FIG. 10, the above step 801e may be included after step 1001b.
  • step 901 in FIG. 9 may further include step 1002 and step 1003:
  • S1002 The core network device sends the second indication information to the positioning server.
  • the above step 1002 can be performed by the communication interface 43 of the core network device as shown in FIG.
  • the positioning server receives the second indication information sent by the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the positioning assistance data is sent to the UE in the first serving cell by using the broadcast mode.
  • the above step 1003 can be performed by the communication interface 23 of the positioning server as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the core network device sends the second indication information to the positioning server.
  • the second condition that the core network device meets in the embodiment of the present invention is any one of the following conditions 15-18, and the condition 15-18 is a relationship between and/or.
  • the core network device determines that the number of UEs to be located in the first serving cell is less than or equal to a fifth threshold, and the fifth threshold is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the core network device determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is less than or equal to a sixth threshold, and the sixth threshold is less than or equal to a second threshold.
  • the core network device determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is less than or equal to a seventh threshold, and the seventh threshold is less than or equal to a third threshold.
  • the core network device determines that the number of UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell is less than or equal to an eighth threshold, and the eighth threshold is less than or equal to a fourth threshold.
  • condition 1 on the location server side in the above embodiment, it is assumed that the first threshold is 6, and in the case where the first condition on the core network device side is condition 15:
  • the core network device can decide to use the broadcast.
  • the method sends positioning assistance data of the UE served by the first serving cell, such as at least one positioning assistance data.
  • the core network device may instruct the positioning server to send the at least one positioning assistance data of the UE in the first serving cell to the base station, so that the base station corresponding to the first serving cell may broadcast the at least one positioning assistance data.
  • the broadcast mode sends at least one positioning assistance data of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell, and may decide to send the at least one positioning assistance data by using a unicast manner. That is, the core network device does not instruct the positioning server to send at least one positioning assistance data of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell to the base station, and the base station corresponding to the first serving cell cannot broadcast the at least one positioning assistance data.
  • the positioning server can interact with the UEs 151-153, that is, the positioning assistance data is sent in the form of unicast, so that the UEs 151-153 respectively obtain their positioning assistance data.
  • the method for transmitting the positioning assistance data provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be performed not only by the positioning server to determine whether the positioning assistance data is sent in the form of a broadcast or a unicast, but also may be determined by the core network device to broadcast the positioning assistance data. The form is still sent in unicast form. Thus, even if a network element in the positioning server or the core network device cannot decide the form of the above broadcast or the form of unicast In another case, another network element can also perform the decision, so that the above-mentioned positioning assistance data is more reliable in switching between the form of broadcasting and the form of unicast.
  • the positioning server in the case that the network element such as the positioning server or the core network device decides to broadcast the positioning assistance data, the positioning server generates or acquires the UE in the first serving cell.
  • the UE may not interact with the UE in the first serving cell, but may interact with the base station to obtain location indication information of the base station corresponding to the first serving cell.
  • the location request of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell carries the location indication information of the base station corresponding to the first serving cell.
  • the positioning server does not need to obtain the location indication information of the base station by interacting with the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell.
  • the location server may further obtain location indication information (ie, location of the base station) of the base station based on the deployment.
  • location indication information ie, location of the base station
  • the positioning server does not need to interact with the base station, and the base station does not need to interact with the base station corresponding to the first serving cell.
  • the location server interacts with the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, and obtains the location message of the base station corresponding to the first serving cell as an example, and describes the sending of the positioning assistance data provided by the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method may further include the steps 1101-1104 before the step 603 or the step 702 or the step 803.
  • the method shown in FIG. 11 may further include steps 1101-1104 before step 702 in FIG. 7:
  • the positioning server sends a base station location request to a base station corresponding to the first serving cell.
  • the above step 1101 can be performed by the communication interface 23 of the positioning server as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the location request is used to request location information of the base station corresponding to the first serving cell, and the location indication information of the base station may indicate the location of the base station and/or the location of the cell antenna of the first serving cell.
  • a base station corresponding to the first serving cell receives a base station location request sent by the positioning server.
  • the above step 1102 can be performed by at least one communication interface 33 of the base station as shown in FIG.
  • the base station corresponding to the first serving cell sends a base station location message to the positioning server.
  • the above step 1103 can be performed by the communication interface 33 of the base station as shown in FIG.
  • the foregoing base station location message may include location indication information of the base station corresponding to the first serving cell.
  • the positioning server receives a base station location message sent by the base station corresponding to the first serving cell.
  • the above step 1104 can be performed by the communication interface 23 of the positioning server as shown in FIG. 2.
  • step 1105 before the step 603 or the step 702 or the step 803.
  • step 702 in FIG. 7 may further include step 1105:
  • the positioning server generates or acquires positioning assistance data according to the base station location message, the first message of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell, and the reference data.
  • the above step 1105 can be performed by the communication interface 23 of the positioning server as shown in FIG. 2. Row.
  • the positioning assistance data may be one or more positioning assistance data of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell.
  • the positioning server may interact with the reference station to obtain a reference.
  • the reference data provided by the station can be easily implemented by a person skilled in the art, which is not described in detail in the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the method for sending the positioning assistance data provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be based on the indication information of the positioning capability of the UE and/or the indication information of the positioning accuracy and/or the indication information of the service type and the location information of the base station (ie, the location of the base station) And / or the location of the cell) and reference data generation. That is to say, the positioning assistance data may be obtained by using the RTK technology for the positioning server, that is, the positioning accuracy of the positioning assistance data is high.
  • the positioning server may be in the process of generating or acquiring the positioning assistance data of the UE in the first serving cell. UE interaction within the serving cell to obtain a coarse location of the UE within the first serving cell.
  • steps 1101a-1104a may be further included.
  • the method for transmitting positioning assistance data as shown in FIG. 11a may further include steps 1101a-1104a before step 702.
  • the positioning server sends a coarse location request to the UE.
  • the above step 1101a can be performed by the communication interface 23 of the positioning server as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the location server may send a coarse location request to one or more UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell to request to obtain a coarse location of the corresponding UE.
  • S1102a The UE receives a coarse location request sent by the positioning server.
  • the above step 1102a may be performed by at least one communication interface 53 of the UE as shown in FIG.
  • the one or more UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell may respectively receive corresponding coarse location requests sent by the positioning server.
  • S1103a The UE sends a coarse location to the positioning server.
  • the above step 1103a can be performed by the communication interface 53 of the UE as shown in FIG. 5.
  • one or more UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell may send the rough location to the positioning server at the same time, or the one or more UEs may separately send the UE to the positioning server at different times.
  • the rough position is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the sending of the positioning assistance data provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform step 1104a even if step 1102a is not performed.
  • the coarse location of the UE may be reported to the positioning server by the UE.
  • the positioning server receives the coarse location sent by the UE.
  • the above step 1104a may be performed by the communication interface 23 of the positioning server as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the coarse position of the UE is used to obtain the precise location of the UE, or the positioning measurement is performed on the UE.
  • the method for sending the positioning assistance data provided in Embodiment 6 of the method of the present application may further include step 1105a before step 603 or step 702 or step 803. Step 1105a may also be included after step 1104a shown in FIG. 11a and before step 702:
  • the positioning server generates or acquires positioning assistance data according to the first message and the coarse location of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell.
  • the above step 1105a may be performed by the communication interface 23 of the positioning server as shown in FIG. 2.
  • the positioning server may generate or acquire positioning assistance data according to the first message, the rough location, and the reference data of the UE that needs to be located in the first serving cell.
  • the above reference data is sent by the reference station.
  • the positioning assistance data is one or more positioning assistance data of one or more UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell.
  • the positioning assistance data is based on at least one of indication information of the positioning capability of the UE to be located, and/or indication information of the positioning accuracy and/or indication information of the service type, and The coarse location of the UE and the reference data are generated. That is to say, the positioning assistance data provided in the embodiment of the present invention can be obtained by using the RTK technology for the positioning server, that is, the positioning accuracy of the positioning assistance data is high.
  • steps 1201-1203 may be further included before the step 604.
  • steps 1201-1203 may be further included before step 604 in FIG. 7:
  • the core network device sends a location notification message to the base station corresponding to the first serving cell.
  • the above step 1201 can be performed by the communication interface 43 of the core network device as shown in FIG.
  • the foregoing location notification message is used to indicate that a certain UE is initiated by the network side, and needs to perform positioning measurement and/or positioning related calculation.
  • the network side includes devices such as a core network device and a positioning server.
  • the location notification message may be a paging message, and the specific manner of performing the location notification is: the paging message carries a field for indicating that the terminal needs to perform the positioning related operation, such as a positioning request, a high-precision positioning request, etc. Includes requests for specific location methods, such as RTK location requests, OTDOA location requests, and more.
  • the base station corresponding to the first serving cell receives the location notification message sent by the core network device.
  • the location notification message carries a location request, for example, the location notification message may be a paging message carrying a location request.
  • each location request message in the location request includes an identifier of the UE and an identifier of the serving cell of the UE, so that the base station may subsequently receive at least one location assistance data.
  • the UE and the first serving cell are distinguished according to the identifier of the UE and the identifier of the serving cell of the UE.
  • the base station corresponding to the first serving cell sends a location notification message to the UE that needs to be located.
  • the above steps 1202 and 1203 can be connected by the base station shown in FIG. Port 33 is executed.
  • the location notification message sent by the base station to the UE may also be a paging message.
  • the base station After receiving the paging message, the base station sends a paging message to the UE, where the paging message carries positioning request indication information for a certain UE (such as a UE in the first serving cell that needs to be located).
  • the paging message may indicate a positioning method adopted by the UE that locates the request, such as an RTK method, an OTDOA method, a PPP-RTK method, and the like.
  • the foregoing positioning request may be carried in a paging record of a paging message, and a positioning request is performed for each UE.
  • the positioning request indicated as a paging message indicates a positioning method, that is, an RTK positioning request, an OTDOA request, and the like.
  • the UE may acquire the positioning. Auxiliary data and perform positioning calculations or positioning measurements. If the RTK method or the UE-based OTDOA method is used, the UE performs positioning calculation. If the UE assisted-OTDOA method is adopted, the UE performs corresponding positioning measurement or calculation. After the UE performs the positioning calculation or the positioning measurement, the UE enters the connected state from the idle state to send the calculation result or the measurement result to the positioning server.
  • a positioning request such as a positioning request using the RTK method or a positioning request using the OTDOA method
  • the UE may acquire the positioning. Auxiliary data and perform positioning calculations or positioning measurements. If the RTK method or the UE-based OTDOA method is used, the UE performs positioning calculation. If the UE assisted-OTDOA method is adopted, the UE performs corresponding positioning measurement or calculation. After the UE performs the positioning calculation or the positioning measurement, the UE enters the connected state from the idle state to send the calculation result or the measurement result to the positioning server.
  • the method for transmitting the positioning assistance data provided in the eighth embodiment of the present application may further include steps 1301-1302 after step 605.
  • steps 1301-1302 may be further included after step 605 in FIG. 6:
  • S1301 The UE acquires positioning assistance data broadcast by the base station.
  • the above step 1301 can be performed by the communication interface 53 of the UE as shown in FIG. 5.
  • the one or more UEs that need to be located in the first serving cell may obtain corresponding positioning assistance data at different times or at the same time.
  • the UE when the UE triggers the positioning by itself, it needs to be clear which positioning assistance data is in the broadcast.
  • an SIB can broadcast multiple auxiliary data, and if not notified, it may need to receive redundant information.
  • the possible notification information may be an LPP message, a paging message, an RRC message, or the like.
  • the UE may receive indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate which positioning assistance data is in the broadcast.
  • the base station informs the UE of what kind of auxiliary data is currently being broadcast, it can be notified by an RRC message and a paging message.
  • the UE may also be notified by the positioning server through the LPP message.
  • Specific types include data on different positioning methods, data from different Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS), positioning assistance data at different rates, or auxiliary data at different transmission frequencies.
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite Systems
  • the UE calculates an accurate location of the UE according to the positioning assistance data, or performs positioning measurement.
  • step 1301 can be performed by the processor 51 of the UE as shown in FIG. 5.
  • the UE in the first serving cell may calculate the precise location of the UE in the first serving cell according to the corresponding positioning assistance data, or perform positioning measurement.
  • the UE in the first serving cell can obtain the precise location of the UE according to the corresponding positioning assistance data and the information measured by the UE, or Perform positioning measurements.
  • the UE calculates the positioning location in addition to receiving the positioning assistance data, and can also use the data transmitted by the satellite observed by the UE, and use the data to perform accurate calculation.
  • the UE may acquire the positioning assistance data broadcast by the base station, and the positioning assistance data is obtained by using the RTK technology.
  • the positioning assistance data is obtained by the positioning server according to the coarse position of the UE or the base station location message and the indication information of the positioning capability of the UE. Therefore, the UE that needs to be located calculates a higher positioning accuracy according to the at least one positioning assistance data.
  • the at least one positioning assistance data can be transmitted in the form of a broadcast, the resource utilization rate is high.
  • steps 1301-1302 shown in FIG. 13 may be replaced with steps 1401-1402.
  • steps 1401-1402 Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 14, the method for transmitting positioning assistance data, steps 1301-1302 shown in FIG. 13 may be replaced by steps 1401-1402:
  • the first UE obtains first positioning assistance data broadcast by the base station corresponding to the first serving cell.
  • the above step 1401 can be performed by the communication interface 53 of the UE as shown in FIG. 5.
  • the first positioning assistance data is used by the first UE to obtain a precise location, or the first positioning assistance data is used by the first UE to perform positioning measurement.
  • the first UE is a UE served by the first serving cell, and the first UE corresponds to the first positioning assistance data.
  • the first UE calculates an accurate location of the first UE according to the first positioning assistance data, or performs positioning measurement.
  • step 1402 can be performed by the processor 51 of the UE as shown in FIG. 5.
  • the number of UEs that need to be located is changed, so the location request received by the location server may be changed, so that the location assistance data generated according to the location request may be changed. Furthermore, the positioning assistance data broadcast by the base station can be varied.
  • the method for transmitting the positioning assistance data provided in the tenth embodiment of the present application may further include step 1501 before step 605. Exemplarily, in the method shown in FIG. 15, before step 605 shown in FIG. 14, step 1501 may be further included:
  • the base station corresponding to the first serving cell sends a first change paging message to the first UE.
  • step 1501 can be performed by the communication interface 33 of the base station as shown in FIG.
  • the first change paging message is a paging message that carries the change indication information, and can be used to indicate that the system message related to the first positioning assistance data changes; for example, if the base station broadcasts at the first moment The first positioning assistance data is not carried in the system message, and the first UE cannot obtain the first positioning assistance data from the system message broadcasted by the base station. Then, in the second moment, the system message broadcasted by the base station starts to carry the first positioning assistance data, and the base station may send the first change paging message to the first UE to notify the first UE that the first positioning assistance can be obtained by using the broadcast. data.
  • the base station may also send a paging message to the UE to notify the base station that the broadcast positioning assistance data has been stopped.
  • the change indication message may inform the UE of the change of the positioning assistance data, such as whether it is increased or decreased or updated.
  • it may be an RTK method related positioning assistance data change indication (MAC, VRS, FKP), and an OTDOA method for positioning assistance data change refers to Instructions such as other methods.
  • the VRS method is notified whether the auxiliary data is changed or the like.
  • the specific change notification can change whether the system message related to a certain positioning method has changed, such as the system message related to the RTK method, the system message related to the PPP-RTK method, the system message related to the correction number of the VRS method, etc. Etc., specifically not limited.
  • the first UE receives the first change paging message sent by the base station corresponding to the first serving cell.
  • step 1502 can be performed by the communication reception 53 of the UE as shown in FIG.
  • the first UE can know whether the positioning assistance data is changed or not, and specifically whether the positioning assistance data related to a certain positioning method is changed or not, and then Receive assistance data or other operations as appropriate.
  • the UE that needs to locate may not receive the message of other network elements before acquiring the positioning assistance data. And after receiving the paging message sent by the base station indicating the system message change, the corresponding positioning assistance data broadcast by the base station may be started to be received. In this way, the spectrum efficiency and resource utilization in the positioning process of the UE that needs to be located can be improved.
  • the system message may also broadcast an indication message indicating whether the system message related to the positioning assistance data changes, for example, the indication message may carry a field or a value flag bit ( Value tag).
  • the above field or value flag may be in SIB1 or other system messages.
  • the value associated with the system message can be stored in the UE.
  • the system message is changed and the system message is obtained.
  • the change of the value flag is only related to one or several SIBs. It may also be that the system message associated with each method has a value flag.
  • the correction number of the VRS method (such as reference data) is included in SIB25, and the correction number related to SSR in PPP-RTK included in SIB26. Then, it can be indicated by two value flag bits or a bitmap form.
  • the value flag can be represented by one bit, two bits or other number of bits. For example, two bits can represent four values, and the system message changes once and then increases by one.
  • the specific working principle is similar to the setting of the value flag in the existing SIB1.
  • This value flag can be in SIB1, SIB2 or other system messages.
  • the bitmap may be a set of two-character strings, and each bit may correspond to indicate whether a system message changes.
  • a bit of a bit starts to be 0, and then becomes 1, indicating that Changed, otherwise the opposite.
  • the system message may be changed and the system message is obtained.
  • the system message change method for indicating the positioning assistance data related method may be used in combination, for example, when the value flag of the system message related to the positioning assistance data is changed in SIB1 or the SIB1 is used to indicate whether other system messages change.
  • the UE may continue to query the value flag or bitmap of a specific system message, such as whether the value of the system message containing the VRS method changes. If it changes, and the UE supports this positioning method, it needs to reacquire the system message.
  • the UE may continue to query the value flag of a specific system message, or the bitmap includes the VRS method. Whether the value of the system message is changed. If it changes, and The UE supports this positioning method, and then needs to reacquire the system message.
  • any of the core network devices or the base station may request to connect to the first UE.
  • the paging message may be sent to the base station; at this time, the base station may send a page to the first UE to instruct the core network device to connect to the first UE.
  • the method for sending the positioning assistance data provided in Embodiment 11 of the present application may further include steps 1601-1602 after step 1302 or step 1402.
  • the method for transmitting positioning assistance data shown in FIG. 16 may further include steps 1601-1602 after step 1402 in FIG. 14:
  • the base station corresponding to the first serving cell sends a first positioning paging message to the first UE.
  • the above step 1601 can be performed by the communication interface 33 of the base station as shown in FIG.
  • the first positioning paging message is a paging message carrying the positioning request indication information, and is used to request to connect to the first UE.
  • the first UE receives a first positioning paging message sent by a base station corresponding to the first serving cell.
  • the above step 1602 can be performed by the communication interface 53 of the UE as shown in FIG. 5.
  • the first UE can establish a connection with the core network device or the base station, and interact with the core network device or the base station.
  • the first UE can obtain the first positioning assistance data broadcasted by the base station before establishing the connection with the core network device or the base station, the first UE may be connected according to the first before connecting the core network device or the base station. Positioning auxiliary data for precise positioning can improve spectrum efficiency and resource utilization.
  • the method for transmitting the positioning assistance data provided in Embodiment 12 of the method of the present application may further include step 1701 after step 1402.
  • step 1402 in FIG. 14 may further include step 1701:
  • the first UE sends a first assistance data request message to the positioning server.
  • the above step 1701 can be performed by the communication interface 53 of the UE as shown in FIG. 5.
  • the first auxiliary data request message carries additional request indication information for requesting acquisition of additional first positioning assistance information.
  • the UE after the UE has received the positioning assistance data from the broadcast, if the positioning assistance data is insufficient according to the accuracy requirement, the UE sends a message requesting the positioning assistance data to the positioning server, where the message is used to request the broadcast positioning auxiliary information.
  • Other positioning assistance information Specifically, the foregoing first assistance data request may be a message indicating that an information element (IE) or a field is added, or a new message is added to indicate.
  • the positioning assistance data may be positioning assistance data using the OTDOA method or positioning assistance data using other methods.
  • the location server may receive the first assistance data request message sent by the first UE, and interact with the first UE, so that the first UE acquires additional first location assistance information. Thereby, the first UE can obtain an accurate position that satisfies its positioning accuracy according to the additional first positioning assistance information.
  • the first UE may be located again.
  • the server sends the first assistance data request message and obtains additional first positioning assistance data again.
  • the UE that needs to be located can obtain the positioning assistance data of the UE and one or more additional positioning assistance data generated by the positioning server side according to the positioning accuracy of the required positioning. In this way, the positioning accuracy of the UE that needs to be located in the positioning process can be improved to meet the positioning accuracy required by the UE.
  • each network element such as a positioning server, a base station, a core network device, and one or more UEs, etc.
  • each network element such as a positioning server, a base station, a core network device, and one or more UEs, etc.
  • each network element includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • the present invention can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in combination with the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods for each particular application to implement the described functionality, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the application.
  • the embodiment of the present invention may divide a module into a positioning server, a base station, and the like according to the foregoing method.
  • each module may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software modules. It should be noted that the division of the module in the embodiment of the present invention is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and the actual implementation may have another division manner.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram showing a possible configuration of the positioning server provided in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the positioning server 18 may include a receiving module 181 and transmitting. Module 182.
  • the receiving module 181 is configured to support the positioning server 18 to perform step 602, step 701, step 801e, and step 1003, step 1104, step 1104a, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the sending module 182 is configured to support the positioning server 18 to perform step 603, step 701a, step 702, step 803, step 901, step 1001a, step 1101, step 1101a in the above embodiment, and/or for the description herein. Other processes of technology.
  • the foregoing sending module 181 may include a transmitting submodule 1821 and a determining submodule 1822.
  • the sending sub-module 1821 is configured to support the positioning server 18 to perform step 603, step 701a, step 701c, step 702, step 803, step 901, step 1001a, step 1101, step 1101a, and/or use in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the determining sub-module 1822 is configured to support the positioning server 18 to perform step 801, step 801a, step 801b, step 801c, step 801d, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein in the above embodiments.
  • the foregoing sending module 181 may include a dividing sub-module 1823.
  • the partitioning sub-module 1823 is configured to support the location server 18 to perform step 802 in the above embodiments, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the positioning server may further include a generating module 183.
  • the generating module 183 is configured to support the positioning server 18 to perform step 1105 and step 1105a in the above embodiments, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the processing module may be a processor or a controller, such as a CPU, a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), and a field programmable gate array. (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component, or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • the processing unit described above may also be a combination of computing functions, such as one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the above transmitting submodule 1821 and receiving module 182 can be integrated in one communication interface.
  • the storage module can be a memory.
  • the processing module may be one or more processors such as the processor 21 and the processor 25 shown in FIG. 2.
  • the above storage module may be the memory 22 shown in FIG. 2.
  • the transmitting sub-module 1821 can be implemented by the communication interface 23.
  • the communication bus 24 may specifically be a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) bus or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (EISA) bus.
  • PCI Peripheral Component Interconnect
  • EISA Extended Industry Standard Architecture
  • the foregoing communication bus 24 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • each module in the positioning server 18 provided by the embodiment of the present invention and the technical effects brought by each module in performing the related method steps in the foregoing embodiments may refer to the related description in the method embodiment of the present invention. , will not repeat them here.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram showing a possible configuration of a base station provided in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the base station 22 may include a receiving module 221 and a sending module 222. .
  • the receiving module 221 is configured to support the base station 22 to perform step 604, step 804, step 902, step 1102, step 1202, and step 1401 in the foregoing embodiments, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the sending module 222 is configured to support the base station 22 to perform step 605, step 805, step 1103, step 1203, step 1301, step 1501, and step 1601 in the foregoing embodiment, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein. .
  • the foregoing sending module 222 may include a dividing submodule 2221 and a transmitting submodule 2222.
  • the partitioning sub-module 2221 is configured to support the base station 22 to perform step 605a in the above embodiment, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the transmitting sub-module 2222 is configured to support the base station 22 to perform step 605, step 805, step 1103, step 1301, step 1501, and step 1601 in the foregoing embodiments, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the above-described partitioning sub-module 2221 can be implemented by one processing module.
  • the processing module may be a processor or controller, such as a CPU, a general purpose processor, a DSP, an ASIC, an FPGA or other programmable logic device, a transistor logic device, a hardware component, or any combination thereof. Its The various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure may be implemented or carried out.
  • the processing unit described above may also be a combination of computing functions, such as one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the above transmitting submodule 2222 and receiving module 221 can be integrated in one communication interface.
  • the storage module can be a memory.
  • the processing module may be one or more processors such as the processor 31 and the processor 35 shown in FIG. 3.
  • the above storage module may be the memory 32 shown in FIG. Transmit sub-module 2222 can be implemented by communication interface 33.
  • the communication bus 34 may specifically be a PCI bus or an EISA bus.
  • the foregoing communication bus 34 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram showing a possible composition of the core network device provided in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the core network device 24 may include a sending module 241. And determining module 242.
  • the sending module 241 is configured to support the core network device 24 to perform step 601, step 1001, step 1002, and step 1201 in the foregoing embodiments, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the determining module 242 is configured to support the core network device 24 to perform the steps of "determining that the first condition is met" and "determining that the second condition is met” in the above embodiments, and/or other techniques for the techniques described herein.
  • the core network device 24 may further include a receiving module 243.
  • the receiving module 243 is configured to support the core network device 24 to perform step 1001b in the foregoing embodiment, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the above determination module 242 can be implemented by one processing module.
  • the processing module may be a processor or controller, such as a CPU, a general purpose processor, a DSP, an ASIC, an FPGA or other programmable logic device, a transistor logic device, a hardware component, or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • the processing unit described above may also be a combination of computing functions, such as one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the above sending module 241 and receiving module 243 can be integrated in one communication interface.
  • the storage module can be a memory.
  • the processing module may be one or more processors such as the processor 41 and the processor 45 shown in FIG. 4.
  • the above storage module may be the memory 42 shown in FIG.
  • the transmitting module 241 and the receiving module 243 can be implemented integrally in the communication interface 43.
  • the communication bus 44 may specifically be a PCI bus or an EISA bus.
  • the foregoing communication bus 44 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • each module in the core network device 24 provided by the embodiment of the present invention and the technical effects brought by each module in performing the related method steps in the foregoing embodiments may refer to the relevant embodiments in the method embodiment of the present invention. Description, no longer repeat here.
  • the positioning assistance data sending system provided by the embodiment of the present invention includes one or more of each The UE may be the same, so the embodiment of the present invention only describes the functional module by dividing one or more UEs.
  • FIG. 26 shows a possible composition diagram of the UE provided in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the UE 26 may include a receiving module 261 and a sending module 262. .
  • the receiving module 261 is configured to support the UE 26 to perform step 701b, step 1102a, step 1301, step 1401, step 1502, and step 1602 in the foregoing embodiment, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the sending module 262 is configured to support the core network device 24 to perform step 701c, step 1103a, and step 1701 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the UE 26 described above may further include a calculation module 263.
  • the calculation module 263 is configured to support the UE 26 to perform step 1302 and step 1402 in the above embodiments, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the above calculation module 263 can be implemented by one processing module.
  • the processing module may be a processor or controller, such as a CPU, a general purpose processor, a DSP, an ASIC, an FPGA or other programmable logic device, a transistor logic device, a hardware component, or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • the processing unit described above may also be a combination of computing functions, such as one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the above sending module 262 and receiving module 261 can be integrated in one communication interface.
  • the storage module can be a memory.
  • the processing module may be one or more processors, such as the processor 51 and the processor 55 shown in FIG. 5.
  • the above storage module may be the memory 42 shown in FIG.
  • the transmitting module 262 and the receiving module 261 can be implemented integrally in the communication interface 53.
  • the communication bus 54 may specifically be a PCI bus or an EISA bus.
  • the foregoing communication bus 44 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and the like, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • each module in the core network device 24 provided by the embodiment of the present invention and the technical effects brought by each module in performing the related method steps in the foregoing embodiments may refer to the relevant embodiments in the method embodiment of the present invention. Description, no longer repeat here.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be used. Combinations can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical sexual, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • a computer readable storage medium A number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) or processor to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a flash memory, a mobile hard disk, a read only memory, a random access memory, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Radar, Positioning & Navigation (AREA)
  • Remote Sensing (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Position Fixing By Use Of Radio Waves (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供一种定位辅助数据的发送方法、设备及系统，涉及通信技术领域，可以在发送定位辅助数据的过程中，可以提高定位精度，并提高频谱效率和资源利用率。具体方案包括：定位服务器接收核心网设备发送的至少一个定位请求，该定位请求中包括UE的标识和UE的服务小区的标识；定位服务器根据至少一个定位请求，向基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据；基站接收定位服务器发送的至少一个定位辅助数据；基站广播该至少一个定位辅助数据。本发明实施例提供的方案具体应用于将定位辅助数据由单播形式转化为广播形式发送的过程中。

Description

一种定位辅助数据的发送方法、设备及系统 技术领域
本发明实施例涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种定位辅助数据的发送方法、设备及系统。
背景技术
随着通信技术的发展，近年来全球定位系统(Global Positioning System，GPS)的应用越来越广泛；随之而来的是对定位精度要求的增高，如对无人机、智能驾驶等领域的定位精度要求越来越高。
其中，载波相位差分(Real time kinematic，RTK)技术作为一种新的GPS测量方法，采用载波相位动态实时差分方法，能够实时获得厘米级定位精度，大大提高了定位精度。具体的，RTK服务器可以通过参考站获得参考数据，并获得用户设备(User Equipment，UE)自身的粗略位置；随后RTK服务器可以根据该参考数据和该粗略位置计算得到该UE的RTK相关信息(如定位辅助数据)。这样一来，使得该UE可以根据该RTK相关信息修正其自身的粗略位置，以得到精确位置。
现有技术在3GPP rel-15立项中，同意支持RTK相关信息的单播和广播。如此，可以提高第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project，3GPP)技术中的定位精度，并提高频谱效率和资源利用率。
然而，现有技术并未实现在3GPP技术中决策采用单播形式还是采用广播形式发送支持UE进行精确定位的RTK相关信息。
发明内容
本申请提供一种定位辅助数据的发送方法、设备及系统，在发送定位辅助数据的过程中，具体应用于将定位辅助数据由单播形式转化为广播形式发送的过程中，可以提高定位精度，并提高频谱效率和资源利用率。
为达到上述目的，本申请采用如下技术方案：
第一方面，本申请提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，可以包括：定位服务器接收核心网设备发送的至少一个定位请求，定位请求中包括用户设备UE的标识和UE的服务小区的标识；定位服务器根据至少一个定位请求，向基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据。
需要说明的是，本申请提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，可以应用于3GPP技术的定位系统中，定位服务器在接收至少一个定位请求之后，可以将该至少一个定位请求对应的UE(即需要定位的UE)的定位辅助数据发送给基站，使基站可以广播上述定位辅助数据。并且，由于一个小区内的定位辅助数据对与本小区内的UE是相同的，因此定位服务器通过广播形式发送该定位辅助数据，而不需要向该多个UE分别发送同一个定位辅助数据，使该多个UE均可以获得该定位辅助数据。从而，本申请提供的定位辅助数据可以采用广播的形式发送，提高了资源利用率和频谱效率。
结合第一方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，定位服务器在根据至少一个定位请求，向基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据之前，为了生成至少一个定位辅助数据，还可以与需要定位的UE交互。具体的，上述方法在定位服务器向基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据之前还可以包括：定位服务器接收UE发送的第一消息，该第一消息包括UE的定位能力的指示信息和/或定位精度的指示信息和/或业务类型的指示信息中的至少一种；其中，该定位能力的指示信息用于指示UE的定位能力，该定位精度的指示信息用于指示UE支持的定位精度，该业务类型的指示信息用于指示UE支持的业务类型。
其中，一个需要定位的UE只要提供其定位能力的指示信息或定位精度的指示信息或业务类型的指示信息中的一种，定位服务器便可以根据该指示信息生成相应的定位辅助数据，使得生成定位辅助数据的过程较为可靠。
结合第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，上述UE支持的定位能力包括下行到达时间观测差OTDOA，实时载波相位RTK，实时伪距差分RTD，状态空间表示法SSR，虚拟参考站VRS，主辅概念MAC，区域改正数参数FKP，精密单点定位PPP中的至少一种方法。
其中，本申请提供的UE的定位能力可以同时支持一种或多种的定位方法，如一个UE支持OTDOA方法的同时可以支持RTK方法，如此使得该UE采用OTDOA方法的定位流程和RTK方法的定位流程进行定位，可提高了该UE定位过程中的定位精度。
结合第一种可能的实现方式或第二种可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，对于第一服务小区，定位服务器根据至少一个定位请求，向基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据可以包括：对于第一服务小区对应的基站，在满足第一条件的情况下，定位服务器根据第一服务小区的标识，向第一服务小区对应的基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据，其中，该第一条件为以下条件中任意一种：定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量大于第一阈值；和/或；定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位能力的UE的数量大于第二阈值；和/或；定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足支持任一定位精度的UE的数量大于第三阈值；和/或；定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位业务类型的UE的数量大于第四阈值；和/或；定位服务器接收核心网设备发送的第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示采用广播的形式向第一服务小区内需要定位的UE发送定位辅助数据。
需要说明的是，本申请提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法中，定位服务器只要获得需要定位的UE的定位能力的指示信息或定位精度的指示信息或业务类型的指示信息中的一种，以及接收到核心网设备发送的第一指示信息，便可以决策采用广播的形式或者单播的形式发送定位辅助数据。如此，实现对UE进行定位过程定位辅助数据的发送由单播的形式切换为广播的形式的同时，决策定位辅助数据的发送由单播的形式切换为广播的形式的可靠性较高，并提高了发送上述定位辅助数据过程中的资源利用率。
结合第三种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，定位服务器根据第一 服务小区的标识，向第一服务小区对应的基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据可以包括：定位服务器根据第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的定位能力和/或定位精度和/或定位业务类型，对至少一个定位辅助数据划分类型，得到不同类型的至少一个定位辅助数据；定位服务器根据第一服务小区的标识，向第一服务小区对应的基站发送不同类型的至少一个定位辅助数据。
需要说明的是，本申请提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法中，定位服务器在决策采用单播的形式或广播的形式发送定位辅助数据之前，划分其发送的多个定位辅助数据中的不同类型，使得基站可以按照不同类型广播定位辅助数据。从而，使得需要定位的UE可以获得基站广播的相应类型的定位辅助数据，有利于提高该UE的定位精度。
结合第四种可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，在定位服务器根据第一服务小区的标识，向第一服务小区对应的基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据之后还可以包括：定位服务器根据第一服务小区的标识，向第一服务小区对应的基站发送停止指示消息，该停止指示消息用于指示停止向基站发送上述至少一个定位辅助数据。
其中，上述停止指示消息用于指示定位服务器停止向基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据。如此，定位服务器可以在不需要广播定位辅助数据时，采用单播的形式发送定位辅助数据，以实现定位辅助数据采用广播形式或采用单播形式的切换，实现资源的合理利用。
结合第五种可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，上述定位服务器向所述第一服务小区对应的基站发送停止指示消息可以包括：对于第一服务小区对应的基站，在满足第二条件的情况下，定位服务器可以向第一服务小区对应的基站发送停止指示消息，该停止指示消息用于指示停止向该基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据；上述第二条件为以下条件中任意一种：定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量小于等于第五阈值，第五阈值小于等于第一阈值；和/或，定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一UE定位能力的UE的数量小于等于第六阈值，第六阈值小于等于第二阈值；和/或，定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足支持任一定位方法的UE的数量小于等于第七阈值，第七阈值小于等于第三阈值；和/或，定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位业务类型的UE的数量小于等于第八阈值，第八阈值小于等于第四阈值；和/或，定位服务器接收核心网设备发送的第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示停止采用广播的形式向第一服务小区内需要定位的UE发送定位辅助数据。
其中，本申请提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法中，定位服务器只要获得需要定位的UE的定位能力的指示信息或定位精度的指示信息或业务类型的指示信息中的一种，或者接收到核心网设备发送的第二指示信息，便可以将定位辅助数据的发送由广播的形式切换为单播的形式。如此，可以避免在不需要广播定位辅助数据时，如需要定位的UE的数量较少时，采用单播的形式发送定位辅助数据，以提高的资源利用率。
结合第一方面或上述任一种可能的实现方式，在第七种可能的实现方式中，在定位服务器根据至少一个定位请求，向基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据之前，该方法还可以包括：定位服务器接收第一服务小区对应的基站发送的基站位置消息，该基站位置消息中可以包括第一服务小区对应的基站的位置指示信息，该基站的位置指示信息 可以指示出该基站的位置、第一服务小区的位置；定位服务器根据基站位置消息、第一服务小区内的UE的第一消息以及参考数据，生成或获取定位辅助数据。
其中，本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，定位辅助数据可以根据UE的定位能力的指示信息和/或定位精度的指示信息和/或业务类型的指示信息、基站位置消息(即指示出的基站的位置和/或小区的位置)以及参考数据生成。也就是说，上述定位辅助数据可以为定位服务器采用RTK技术获得的，即该定位辅助数据的定位精度较高。
结合第一方面或上述任一种可能的实现方式，在第八种可能的实现方式中，在定位服务器根据至少一个定位请求，向基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据之前，该方法还可以包括：定位服务器向UE发送粗略位置请求；定位服务器接收UE发送的粗略位置；定位服务器根据第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的第一消息、粗略位置以及参考数据，生成或获取定位辅助数据。
其中，本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法中，定位辅助数据根据需要定位的UE的定位能力的指示信息和/或定位精度的指示信息和/或业务类型的指示信息中的至少一种以及该UE的粗略位置和参考数据生成。也就是说，本发明实施例中提供的定位辅助数据可以为定位服务器采用RTK技术获得的，即该定位辅助数据的定位精度较高。
第二方面，本申请提供一种定位辅助数据的发送方法，该方法包括：基站接收定位服务器发送的至少一个定位辅助数据；该基站广播该至少一个定位辅助数据。
需要说明的是，基站或定位服务器等网元不连接UE的情况下，基站采用广播的形式发送上述至少一个定位辅助数据，使得该UE可以获得相应的定位辅助数据。如此，可以提高UE定位过程中的资源利用率。
结合第二方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，上述基站广播至少一个定位辅助数据可以包括：对于第一服务小区对应的基站，第一服务小区对应的基站广播不同类型的至少一个定位辅助数据。
结合第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，在上述基站接收定位服务器发送的至少一个定位辅助数据之前还可以包括：基站接收核心网设备发送的定位通知消息，该定位通知消息包括定位请求，该定位请求中包括UE的标识和该UE的服务小区的标识；基站向需要定位的UE发送该定位通知消息。
其中，由于上述定位通知消息中包括一个或多个定位请求，而该一个或多个定位请求中可以包括不同的UE的标识和该UE的服务小区的标识，使得基站可以在后续收到至少一个定位辅助数据时，根据不同的UE的标识和该UE的服务小区的标识区分出特定的小区，如第一服务小区。并且，在需要定位的UE由网络侧发起定位请求的情况下，该UE接收到基站发送的定位消息后，便可以根据基站广播的定位辅助数据进行精确定位。
结合第二方面或上述任意一种可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，在上述基站接收定位服务器发送的至少一个定位辅助数据之后还可以包括：基站向第一UE发送第一变更寻呼消息，该第一变更寻呼消息中携带有变更指示信息，用于指示与第一定位辅助数据相关的系统消息发生变化；其中，第一UE为第一服务小区内需要 定位的UE。
其中，本申请提供的方法中，在定位辅助数据的发送采用广播的形式的情况下：在基站发送的变更寻呼消息之后，可以通知需要定位的UE开始接收基站广播的相应的定位辅助数据。这样一来，可以提高需要定位的UE进行定位过程中的频谱效率和资源利用率。
结合第二方面或上述任一种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，基站可以向定位服务器发送基站位置消息，该基站位置消息中可以包括第一服务小区对应的基站的位置指示信息，该基站的位置指示信息可以指示出该基站的位置和/或第一服务小区的位置。其中，对该实现方式的具体描述可以参考上述第一方面中第七种可能的实现方式中的相关描述，本申请对此不再赘述。
第三方面，本申请提供一种定位辅助数据的发送方法，该方法包括：核心网设备向定位服务器备发送至少一个定位请求，该至少一个定位请求中的每个定位请求中包括UE的标识和该UE的服务小区的标识；在满足第一条件的情况下，核心网设备向定位服务器发送第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示采用广播的形式向第一服务小区内需要定位的UE发送定位辅助数据；其中，第一条件为以下条件中任意一种：核心网设备确定一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量大于第一阈值；和/或；核心网设备确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一UE定位能力的UE的数量大于第二阈值；和/或；核心网设备确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足支持任一定位精度的UE的数量大于第三阈值；和/或；核心网设备确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位业务类型的UE的数量大于第四阈值。
其中，本申请提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，不仅可以由定位服务器决策上述至少定位辅助数据以广播的形式还是以单播的形式发送，还可以由核心网设备决策上述至少定位辅助数据以广播的形式还是以单播的形式发送。从而，即使定位服务器或核心网设备中一个网元在不能决策上述广播的形式或单播的形式的切换时，另一个网元也可以执行该决策，使得上述定位辅助数据在采用广播的形式和单播的形式之间的切换更加可靠。
结合第三方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，在核心网设备向定位服务器发送第一指示信息之后还可以包括：核心网设备向定位服务器发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示停止采用广播的形式向第一服务小区内的UE发送定位辅助数据。
结合第一种可能的实现方式中，在第二种可能的实现方式中，上述核心网设备向定位服务器发送第二指示信息可以包括：在满足第二条件的情况下，核心网设备向定位服务器发送第二指示信息。其中，本申请中核心网设备满足的第二条件为以下条件中任意一种：核心网设备确定第一服务小区中需要定位的UE的数量小于等于第五阈值，第五阈值小于等于第一阈值；和/或，核心网设备确定第一服务小区中需要定位的UE中，满足任一UE定位能力的UE的数量小于等于第六阈值，第六阈值小于等于第二阈值；和/或，核心网设备确定第一服务小区中需要定位的UE中，满足支持任一定位方法的UE的数量小于等于第七阈值，第七阈值小于等于第三阈值；和/或，核心网设备确定第一服务小区中需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位业务类型的UE的数量小于等于第八阈值，第八阈值小于等于第四阈值。本申请对核心网设备向定位服务器发 送第二指示信息的第二条件的具体描述，可以参照上述第一方面中对第二条件的相关描述，这里不再赘述。
结合第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，在核心网设备向定位服务器备发送至少一个定位请求之前还可以包括：核心网设备向基站发送定位通知消息，该定位通知消息携带有定位请求。其中，本申请对“核心网设备向基站发送定位通知消息”的具体描述可以参照第二方面中第二种可能的实现方式中的相关描述，本申请不再赘述。
第四方面，本申请提供一种定位辅助数据的发送方法，该方法包括：第一UE获得第一服务小区对应的基站广播的第一定位辅助数据，该第一定位辅助数据用于第一UE计算得到精确位置，或者，第一定位辅助数据用于第一UE进行定位测量；其中，第一UE为第一服务小区内需要定位的UE。
需要说明的是，本申请提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，需要定位的UE可以获取基站广播的定位辅助数据，且该定位辅助数据可以是采用RTK技术得到的。例如，上述定位辅助数据可以为定位服务器根据UE的粗略位置、UE的定位能力的指示信息以及参考数据得到的。从而，需要定位的UE根据上述定位辅助数据得到的该UE的精确位置的定位精度较高。并且，由于上述定位辅助数据可以是采用广播的形式发送的，因此上述需要定位的UE得到其的精确位置过程中，资源利用率较高。
结合第四方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，在第一UE获得第一服务小区对应的基站广播的第一定位辅助数据之前还可以包括：第一UE向定位服务器发送第一UE的第一消息，第一UE的第一消息包括第一UE的定位能力指示信息、第一UE支持的定位方法指示信息、第一UE支持的业务类型的指示信息中的至少一种；其中，定位能力的指示信息用于指示UE的定位能力，定位精度的指示信息用于指示UE支持的定位精度，业务类型的指示信息用于指示UE支持的业务类型。本申请这里，对上述对“第一UE向定位服务器发送第一UE的第一消息”的具体描述，可以参照上述第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中的相关描述，本申请不再赘述。
结合第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，上述UE支持的定位能力包括OTDOA，RTK，RTD，SSR，VRS，MAC，FKP，PPP中的至少一种方法。
结合第二种可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，在第一UE获得第一服务小区对应的基站广播的第一定位辅助数据之前还可以包括：第一UE接收第一服务小区对应的基站发送的第一变更寻呼消息，该第一变更寻呼消息中携带有变更指示信息，用于指示与第一定位辅助数据相关的系统消息发生变化；其中，第一UE为第一服务小区服务的UE，第一UE对应于第一定位辅助数据。
需要说明的是，在定位辅助数据的发送采用广播的形式的情况下：需要定位的UE在获取到其定位辅助数据之前，该UE可以不接收其它网元的消息；而在接收基站发送的变更寻呼消息之后，开始接收基站广播的相应的定位辅助数据。这样一来，可以提高需要定位的UE进行定位过程中的频谱效率和资源利用率。
结合第三种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，在第一UE获得第一服务小区对应的基站广播的第一定位辅助数据之后还可以包括：第一UE接收第一服务小区对应的基站发送的第一定位寻呼消息，该第一定位寻呼消息携带有定位请求指 示信息。
需要说明的是，由于第一UE在与核心网设备或基站建立连接之前便可以获取基站广播的第一定位辅助数据，因此第一UE在连接核心网设备或基站之前，便可以根据第一定位辅助数据精确定位，可以提高频谱效率和资源利用率。
结合第四种可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，在第一UE获得第一服务小区对应的基站广播的第一定位辅助数据之后还可以包括：第一UE向定位服务器发送第一辅助数据请求消息，该第一辅助数据请求消息中携带有额外请求指示信息，用于请求获取额外的第一定位辅助信息。
其中，本申请提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，需要定位的UE可以根据其需求的定位精度，获得定位服务器侧生成的该UE的定位辅助数据以及一个或多个额外的定位辅助数据，如此可以提高需要定位的UE进行定位过程中的定位精度，以满足该UE需求的定位精度。
结合第四种可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，第一UE接收定位服务器发送的粗略位置请求；第一UE向定位服务器发送粗略位置。其中，上述第一UE为第一服务小区内一个需要定位的UE。对该实现方式的具体描述可以参考上述第一方面中第八种可能的实现方式中的相关描述，本申请对此不再赘述。
第五方面，本申请提供一种定位服务器，该定位服务器包括：接收模块和发送模块。其中，接收模块，用于接收核心网设备发送的至少一个定位请求，定位请求中包括UE的标识和UE的服务小区的标识。发送模块，用于根据上述接收模块接收的至少一个定位请求，向基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据。
结合第五方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，上述接收模块，还用于在上述发送模块根据该接收模块接收的至少一个定位请求，向基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据之前，接收第一服务小区内需要定位的UE发送的第一消息，该第一消息包括UE的定位能力的指示信息和/或定位精度的指示信息和/或业务类型的指示信息中的至少一种；其中，该定位能力的指示信息用于指示UE的定位能力，该定位精度的指示信息用于指示UE支持的定位精度，该业务类型的指示信息用于指示UE支持的业务类型。
结合第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，上述UE支持的定位能力包括OTDOA，RTK，RTD，SSR，VRS，MAC，FKP，PPP中的至少一种方法。
结合第一种可能的实现方式或第二种可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，上述定位服务器还可以包括发送模块。其中，发送模块，具体用于对于第一服务小区，根据至少一个定位请求，向第一服务小区对应的基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据。
结合第三种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，上述发送模块还可以包括发送子模块和确定子模块。其中，上述发送子模块，用于对于第一服务小区对应的基站，若确定满足第一条件，根据第一服务小区的标识，向第一服务小区对应的基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据。上述确定子模块，具体用于确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量大于第一阈值；和/或，确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位能力的UE的数量大于第二阈值；和/或，确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足支持任一定位精度的UE的数量大于第三阈值；和/或，确定第一服务小 区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位业务类型的UE的数量大于第四阈值。上述接收模块，还用于接收核心网设备发送的第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示采用广播的形式向第一服务小区内需要定位的UE发送定位辅助数据。
结合第四种可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，上述发送模块还可以包括划分子模块。其中，上述划分子模块，用于根据第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的定位能力和/或定位精度和/或定位业务类型，对第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的至少一个定位辅助数据划分类型，得到不同类型的所述至少一个定位辅助数据。上述发送子模块，还用于根据至少一个定位请求，向第一服务小区对应的基站发送上述划分子模块得到的不同类型的至少一个定位辅助数据。
结合第五种可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，上述发送子模块，还用于在其根据第一服务小区的标识，向第一服务小区对应的基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据之后，向第一服务小区对应的基站发送停止指示消息，该停止指示消息用于指示停止向基站发送上述至少一个定位辅助数据。
结合第六种可能的实现方式，在第七种可能的实现方式中，上述发送子模块，还用于在满足第一条件的情况下，向第一服务小区对应的基站发送停止指示消息，该停止指示消息用于指示停止向该基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据。上述确定子模块，具体用于确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量小于等于第五阈值，第五阈值小于等于第一阈值；和/或，确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一UE定位能力的UE的数量小于等于第六阈值，第六阈值小于等于第二阈值；和/或，确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足支持任一定位方法的UE的数量小于等于第七阈值，第七阈值小于等于第三阈值；和/或，确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位业务类型的UE的数量小于等于第八阈值，第八阈值小于等于第四阈值。上述接收模块，还用于接收核心网设备发送的第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示停止采用广播的形式向第一服务小区内需要定位的UE发送定位辅助数据。
结合第五方面或上述任一种可能的实现方式，在第七种可能的实现方式中，上述接收模块，还可以用于在发送模块根据至少一个定位请求向基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据之前，接收第一服务小区对应的基站发送的基站位置消息，该基站位置消息中可以包括第一服务小区对应的基站的位置指示信息，该基站的位置指示信息可以指示出该基站的位置、第一服务小区的位置。上述定位服务器还可以包括生成模块。生成模块，用于根据第一服务小区内的UE的第一消息、参考数据以及上述接收模块接收的基站位置消息，生成或获取定位辅助数据。
结合第五方面或上述任一种可能的实现方式，在第七种可能的实现方式中，上述接收模块，还可以用于在发送模块根据至少一个定位请求向基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据之前，接收第一服务小区对应的基站发送的基站位置消息，该基站位置消息中可以包括第一服务小区对应的基站的位置指示信息，该基站的位置指示信息可以指示出该基站的位置、第一服务小区的位置。上述定位服务器还可以包括生成模块。上述生成模块，用于根据第一服务小区内的UE的第一消息、参考数据以及上述接收模块接收的基站位置消息，生成或获取定位辅助数据。
结合第五方面或上述任一种可能的实现方式，在第八种可能的实现方式中，上述 发送模块，还可以用于在根据至少一个定位请求向基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据之前，向UE发送粗略位置请求。上述接收模块，还用于接收UE发送的粗略位置；上述定位服务器还可以包括生成模块。生成模块，用于根据第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的第一消息、参考数据以及上述接收模块接收的粗略位置，生成或获取定位辅助数据。
第六方面，本申请提供一种基站，该基站包括：接收模块和发送模块。其中，接收模块，用于接收定位服务器发送的至少一个定位辅助数据。上述发送模块，用于广播上述接收模块接收的至少一个定位辅助数据。
结合第六方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，上述发送模块，具体用于向第一服务小区内需要定位的UE广播不同类型的至少一个定位辅助数据。
结合第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，上述接收模块，还用于在接收定位服务器发送的至少一个定位辅助数据之前，接收核心网设备发送的定位通知消息，该定位通知消息包括定位请求，该定位请求中包括UE的标识和UE的服务小区的标识；上述发送模块，还用于向需要定位的UE发送上述接收模块接收的定位通知消息。
结合第六方面或上述任意一种可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，上述发送模块，还用于在上述接收模块接收定位服务器发送的至少一个定位辅助数据之后，向第一UE发送第一变更寻呼消息，该第一变更寻呼消息中携带有变更指示信息，用于指示与第一定位辅助数据相关的系统消息发生变化；其中，第一UE为第一服务小区内的UE，该第一UE对应于第一定位辅助数据。
结合第六方面，在第四种可能的实现方式中，上述发送模块可以包括划分子模块和发送子模块。其中，划分子模块，用于根据第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的定位能力和/或定位精度和/或定位业务类型，对至少一个定位辅助数据划分类型，得到不同类型的至少一个定位辅助数据。发送子模块，用于根据至少一个定位请求，向第一服务小区对应的基站发送不同类型的至少一个定位辅助数据。
结合第六方面，在第五种可能的实现方式中，上述发送模块，还可以用于向定位服务器发送基站位置消息，该基站位置消息中可以包括第一服务小区对应的基站的位置指示信息，该基站的位置指示信息可以指示出该基站的位置和/或第一服务小区的位置。
第七方面，本申请提供一种核心网设备，该核心网设备包括：发送模块和确定模块。上述发送模块，用于向定位服务器备发送至少一个定位请求，该至少一个定位请求中的每个定位请求中包括UE的标识和该UE的服务小区的标识。上述发送模块，还用于在满足第一条件的情况下向定位服务器发送第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示采用广播的形式向第一服务小区内需要定位的UE发送定位辅助数据。上述确定模块，用于确定满足第一条件。上述确定模块，具体用于确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量大于第一阈值；和/或；确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一UE定位能力的UE的数量大于第二阈值；和/或；确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足支持任一定位精度的UE的数量大于第三阈值；和/或；确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位业务类型的UE的数量大于第四阈值。
结合第七方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，上述发送模块，还用于在向定位服务器发送第一指示信息之后，向定位服务器发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示停止采用广播的形式向第一服务小区内需要定位的UE发送定位辅助数据。
结合第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，上述发送模块，具体用于在满足第二条件的情况下，向定位服务器发送第二指示信息。上述确定模块，还用于确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量小于等于第五阈值，第五阈值小于等于第一阈值；和/或，确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一UE定位能力的UE的数量小于等于第六阈值，第六阈值小于等于第二阈值；和/或，确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足支持任一定位方法的UE的数量小于等于第七阈值，第七阈值小于等于第三阈值；和/或，确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位业务类型的UE的数量小于等于第八阈值，第八阈值小于等于第四阈值。
结合第二种可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，上述发送模块，还用于在向定位服务器备发送定位请求之前，向基站发送定位通知消息，该定位通知消息携带有该定位请求。
第八方面，本申请提供一种UE(以下称为第一UE)，该第一UE包括：接收模块。其中，上述接收模块，用于获得第一服务小区对应的基站广播的第一定位辅助数据，该第一定位辅助数据用于第一UE计算得到精确位置，或者，第一定位辅助数据用于第一UE进行定位测量；其中，第一UE为第一服务小区内需要定位的UE。
结合第八方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，该第一UE还可以包括发送模块。其中，上述发送模块，用于在上述接收模块获得第一服务小区对应的基站广播的第一定位辅助数据之前，向定位服务器发送第一UE的第一消息，第一UE的第一消息包括第一UE的定位能力指示信息、第一UE支持的定位方法指示信息、第一UE支持的业务类型的指示信息中的至少一种；其中，定位能力的指示信息用于指示UE的定位能力，定位精度的指示信息用于指示UE支持的定位精度，业务类型的指示信息用于指示UE支持的业务类型。
结合第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，上述UE支持的定位能力包括OTDOA，RTK，RTD，SSR，VRS，MAC，FKP，PPP中的至少一种方法。
结合第二种可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，上述接收模块，用于在获得第一服务小区对应的基站广播的第一定位辅助数据之前，接收第一服务小区对应的基站发送的第一变更寻呼消息，该第一变更寻呼消息中携带有变更指示信息，用于指示与第一定位辅助数据相关的系统消息发生变化。
结合第三种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，上述接收模块还用于在获得第一服务小区对应的基站广播的第一定位辅助数据之后，接收第一服务小区对应的基站发送的第一定位寻呼消息，该第一定位寻呼消息携带有定位请求指示信息。
结合第四种可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，上述发送模块，还用于在上述接收模块获得第一服务小区对应的基站广播的第一定位辅助数据之后，向定位服务器发送第一辅助数据请求消息，该第一辅助数据请求消息中携带有额外请求指示信息，用于请求获取额外的第一定位辅助信息。
结合第四种可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，上述接收模块，还用 于接收定位服务器发送的粗略位置请求，上述发送模块，还可以用于向定位服务器发送粗略位置。
第九方面，本申请提供一种定位辅助数据的发送系统，该系统包括：
如第五方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的定位服务器；和
如第六方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的基站；和
如第七方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的核心网设备；和
至少一个如第八方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的UE。
第十方面，本申请提供一种定位服务器，该定位服务器包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、通信接口和总线；该存储器用于存储至少一个指令，该一个或多个处理器和该存储器和该通信接口通过该总线连接，当定位服务器运行时，该一个或多个处理器执行该存储器存储的该至少一个指令，以使该定位服务器执行如第一方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
第十一方面，本申请提供一种计算机存储介质，该计算机存储介质包括：至少一个指令；当该至少一个指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如第一方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
第十二方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，包括：至少一个指令；当该至少一个指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如第一方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
可以理解的，上述提供的第十方面中的定位服务器、第十一方面中的计算机存储介质或者第十二方面中的计算机程序产品均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法，因此，其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果，此处不再赘述。
第十三方面，本申请提供一种基站，该基站包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、通信接口和总线；该存储器用于存储至少一个指令，该一个或多个处理器和该存储器和该通信接口通过该总线连接，当该基站运行时，该一个或多个处理器执行该存储器存储的该至少一个指令，以使该基站执行如第二方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
第十四方面，本申请提供一种计算机存储介质，该计算机存储介质包括：至少一个指令；当该至少一个指令在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行如第二方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
第十五方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括：至少一个指令；当该至少一个指令在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行如第二方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
可以理解的，上述提供的第十三方面中的基站、第十四方面中的计算机存储介质或者第十五方面中的计算机程序产品均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法，因此，其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果，此处不再赘述。
第十六方面，本申请提供一种核心网设备，该核心网设备包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、通信接口和总线；该存储器用于存储至少一个指令，该一个或多个处理器和该存储器和该通信接口通过该总线连接，当该核心网设备运行时，该一个或多个处理器执行该存储器存储的至少一个指令，以使该核心网设备执行如第三方面及其任 意一种可能的实现方式中的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
第十七方面，本申请提供一种计算机存储介质，该计算机存储介质包括：至少一个指令；当该至少一个指令在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行如第三方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
第十八方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括：至少一个指令；当该至少一个指令在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行如第三方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
可以理解的，上述提供的第十六方面中的核心设备、第十七方面中的计算机存储介质或者第十八方面中的计算机程序产品均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法，因此，其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果，此处不再赘述。
第十九方面，本申请提供一种UE，该UE包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、通信接口和总线；该存储器用于存储至少一个指令，该一个或多个处理器和该存储器和该通信接口通过该总线连接，当该UE运行时，该一个或多个处理器执行该存储器存储的至少一个指令，以使该UE执行如第四方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
第二十方面，本申请提供一种计算机存储介质，该计算机存储介质包括：至少一个指令；当该至少一个指令在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行如第四方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
第二十一方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包括：至少一个指令；当该至少一个指令在计算机上运行时，使得该计算机执行如第四方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
可以理解的，上述提供的第十九方面中的UE、第二十方面中的计算机存储介质或者第二十一方面中的计算机程序产品均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法，因此，其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果，此处不再赘述。
第二十二方面，本申请提供一种定位辅助数据的发送系统，该系统包括：如第十方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的定位服务器；和如第十三方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的基站；和如第十六方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的核心网设备；和至少一个如第十九方面及其任意一种可能的实现方式中的UE。
附图说明
图1为本发明实施例提供的一种定位辅助数据的发送方法应用的定位系统组成示意图；
图2为本发明实施例提供的一种定位服务器的结构示意图一；
图3为本发明实施例提供的一种基站的结构示意图一；
图4为本发明实施例提供的一种核心网设备的结构示意图一；
图5为本发明实施例提供的一种UE的结构示意图一；
图6为本发明实施例提供的一种定位辅助数据的发送方法的流程示意图一；
图7为本发明实施例提供的一种定位辅助数据的发送方法的流程示意图二；
图8为本发明实施例提供的一种定位辅助数据的发送方法的流程示意图三；
图9为本发明实施例提供的一种定位辅助数据的发送方法的流程示意图四；
图10为本发明实施例提供的一种定位辅助数据的发送方法的流程示意图五；
图11为本发明实施例提供的一种定位辅助数据的发送方法的流程示意图六；
图11a为本发明实施例提供的一种定位辅助数据的发送方法的流程示意图七；
图12为本发明实施例提供的一种定位辅助数据的发送方法的流程示意图八；
图13为本发明实施例提供的一种定位辅助数据的发送方法的流程示意图九；
图14为本发明实施例提供的一种定位辅助数据的发送方法的流程示意图十；
图15为本发明实施例提供的一种定位辅助数据的发送方法的流程示意图十一；
图16为本发明实施例提供的一种定位辅助数据的发送方法的流程示意图十二；
图17为本发明实施例提供的一种定位辅助数据的发送方法的流程示意图十三；
图18为本发明实施例提供的一种定位服务器的结构示意图二；
图19为本发明实施例提供的一种定位服务器的结构示意图三；
图20为本发明实施例提供的一种定位服务器的结构示意图四；
图21为本发明实施例提供的一种定位服务器的结构示意图五；
图22为本发明实施例提供的一种基站的结构示意图二；
图23为本发明实施例提供的一种基站的结构示意图二；
图24为本发明实施例提供的一种核心网设备的结构示意图二；
图25为本发明实施例提供的一种核心网设备的结构示意图三；
图26为本发明实施例提供的一种UE的结构示意图二；
图27为本发明实施例提供的一种UE的结构示意图三。
具体实施方式
本发明实施例的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同的对象，而不是用于描述对象的特定顺序。例如，第一阈值和第二阈值等是用于区别不同的取值，而不是用于描述设备的特定顺序。在本发明实施例的描述中，除非另有说明，“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。
在本发明实施例中，“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本发明实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言，使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。
本发明实施例提供的一种定位辅助数据的发送方法、设备及系统，可以应用于发送定位辅助数据的过程中，具体应用于将定位辅助数据由单播形式转化为广播形式发送的过程中，可以提高定位精度，并提高频谱效率和资源利用率。
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行详细地描述。
本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法所应用的定位系统可以包括定位服务器、至少一个基站、至少一个核心网设备和至少一个用户设备(User Equipment，UE)；此外，该定位系统还可以包括至少一个参考站(Reference Stations)。其中，一个基站可以覆盖一个或多个小区，每个小区可以覆盖一个或多个UE。
其中，本发明实施例提供的定位服务器可以为增强的服务移动定位中心(Enhanced Serving Mobile Location Centre，E-SMLC)，网关移动位置中心(Gateway  Mobile Location Center，G-MLC)，RTK服务器等定位服务器，本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。
上述核心网设备可以为移动管理实体(Mobility Management Entity，MME)、业务网关(Serving GateWay，S-GW)和PDN网关(PDN GateWay，P-GW)等支持3GPP技术的核心网设备，本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。
上述基站可以为基站(Base Station，BS)、基站(eNodeB，eNB)、gNB、物联网基站(Internet of Thing eNB，IoT eNB)等，本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。
上述UE可以为支持增强机器类型通信(evolved Machine Type Communications，eMTC)、窄带物联网(narrow band IoT，NB IoT)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)和NR(New Radio Access Technology in 3GPP)等通信类型的UE。并且，UE中还可以包括LCS客户端；其中，该LCS客户端可以配置在该UE内部，或者配置在该UE的外部，本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。其中，包括LCS客户端的终端(如UE)可以称为LCS实体。示例性的，上述UE可以为蜂窝电话、个人数字助理(PDA)、无线设备、无线调制解调器、无线路由器、膝上型计算机、遥测设备、跟踪设备等。
上述参考站可以为采用虚拟参考站(Virtual Reference Stations，VRS)技术的参考站以及采用主辅站法(Master Auxiliary Concept，MAC)的主参考站和辅助参考站等，本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。
本发明实施例以下仅以一个定位服务器和一个基站、一个核心网设备、一个参考站以及至少一个UE交互为例，说明本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
示例性的，如图1所示的定位系统架构示意图中，定位系统10中可以包括定位服务器111、基站121、核心网设备131、UE 141-149、UE 151-153、UE 161-168以及参考站171。其中，基站121可以覆盖小区1、小区2和小区3；小区1可以覆盖UE 141-149，小区2可以覆盖UE 151-153，小区3可以覆盖UE 161-168。即小区1为UE 141-149的服务小区，小区2为UE 151-153的服务小区，小区3为UE 161-168的服务小区。为方便说明，本发明实施例中有时将小区称为“服务小区”，仅仅为了说明该小区与其服务的UE之间的关系，并不对小区本身造成限定。
具体的，UE 141-149、UE 151-153、UE 161-168中任一UE可以主动发起定位请求并将该定位请求发送至核心网设备131，其中，该定位请求可以为上述任一UE中配置的LCS客户端主动发起；随后，核心网设备131在接收到上述任一UE发送的定位请求(包括该任一UE中配置的LCS客户端发送的定位请求)之后，可以将该定位请求发送给定位服务器111，同时，核心网设备131也可以主动发起定位请求，以请求对上述任一UE进行精确定位。
定位服务器111可以接收来自核心网设备131的定位请求；并且，定位服务器111可以与需要定位的UE交互，以获得该UE的定位能力的指示信息；随后，定位服务器111可以根据该UE的定位能力的指示信息对该UE的定位请求进行处理，得到该UE的定位辅助数据；最后，定位服务器111可以与该UE交互，使得 该UE根据该定位辅助数据进行精确定位。
在一种可能的情况下中，如UE的定位能力的指示信息指示该UE支持下行到达时间观测差(Observed Time Difference Of Arrival，OTDOA)方法的情况下：定位服务器111还可以与基站121交互，获得需要定位的UE的定位信号配置信息。相应的，上述“定位服务器111可以根据该UE支持的定位能力的指示信息对该UE的定位请求进行处理，得到该UE的定位辅助数据”具体可以为定位服务器111根据该UE的定位能力的指示信息和该UE的定位信号配置信息，对该UE的定位请求进行处理，以对该UE进行定位测量。其中，上述定位信号配置信息为应用OTDOA方法的定位信号配置。
需要说明的是，上述在UE的定位能力的指示信息指示该UE支持OTDOA方法的情况下，定位服务器执行上述操作以实现对该UE进行定位测量的方法，本领域的技术人员可以轻易实现，本发明实施例对此不再赘述。
在另一种可能的情况下，如UE的定位能力为该UE支持RTK方法的情况下：定位服务器111可以接收来自参考站的参考数据；并且，定位服务器111可以与需要定位的UE交互，以获得该UE的粗略位置。相应的，上述“定位服务器111可以根据该UE的定位能力的指示信息对该UE的定位请求进行处理，得到该UE的定位辅助数据”具体可以为定位服务器111根据UE的粗略位置、该UE的定位能力的指示信息和上述参考数据，对该UE的定位请求进行处理，以得到该UE的精确位置。其中，该定位辅助数据为应用RTK方法的定位辅助数据。其中，上述UE的粗略位置可以由UE测量得到的信息获得。
需要说明的是，上述UE的定位能力指示信息指示该UE支持RTK方法的情况下，定位服务器执行上述操作以得到该UE的精确位置的方法，本领域的技术人员可以轻易实现，本发明实施例对此不再赘述。
其中，图1所示的各个网元之间的箭头仅表示各个网元之间的数据流动的方向，并不限定各个网元之间是否连接，也不限定各个网元之间的数据传输通过无线通信还是通过有线通信。例如，有的网元之间的数据通过寻呼消息或专用信令等无线通信传输。
需要说明的是，定位服务器与基站之间的数据传输可以通过长期演进定位协议A(LTE Positioning Protocol Annex，LPPa)，该数据可以为与定位相关的信息，如上述定位辅助数据，或者，基站提供的定位信号配置信息等。
定位服务器与UE之间的数据传输可以通过长期演进定位协议(LTE Positioning Protocol，LPP)，该数据可以为UE的定位能力的指示信息、定位辅助数据和位置(如UE的粗略位置)等。
定位服务器与核心网设备之间可以通过位置服务应用协议(Location Services Application Protocol，LCS-AP)传输数据，该数据可以为用于请求对UE进行定位的定位请求。
基站与UE之间可以通过无线资源控制协议(Radio Resource Control，RRC)传输数据，该数据可以为基站广播的定位辅助数据。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例提供的“需要定位的UE”可以为“主动发起定 位请求的UE”或“由核心网设备发起定位请求的UE”或“由LCS实体发起的对某个UE进行定位的UE”。
示例性的，图2为本发明实施例提供的一种定位服务器的组成示意图。如图2所示，该定位服务器可以包括存储器22，通信接口23以及至少一个处理器21。
下面结合图2对定位服务器的各个构成部件进行具体的介绍：
处理器21是设备的控制中心，可以是一个处理器，也可以是多个处理元件的统称。例如，处理器21可以是一个中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，也可以是特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)，或者可以是被配置成实施本发明实施例的一个或多个集成电路，如：一个或多个微处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)，或，一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)。
其中，处理器21可以通过运行或执行存储在存储器22内的软件程序，以及调用存储在存储器22内的数据，执行设备的各种功能。例如，处理器21可以用于处理UE定位请求，并获取用于需要定位的UE精确定位的定位辅助数据。
在具体的实现中，作为一种实施例，处理器21可以包括一个或多个CPU，例如图2中所示的CPU0和CPU1。
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，定位服务器可以包括多个处理器，例如图2中所示的处理器21和处理器25。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核处理器(single-CPU)，也可以是一个多核处理器(multi-CPU)。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。
存储器22可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备，随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备，也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory，EEPROM)、只读光盘(Compact Disc Read-Only Memory，CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。存储器22可以是独立存在，通过通信总线24与处理器21相连接。存储器22也可以和处理器21集成在一起。
其中，上述存储器22用于存储执行本发明实施例提供方案的软件程序，并由处理器21来控制执行。
通信接口23，可以包括两个通信接口，一个用于向外部设备发送数据的发送接口和一个用于接收来自外部设备的数据的接收接口，即定位服务器可以通过两个不同的通信接口分别实现数据的接收和数据的发送。例如，结合图1，定位服务器111的一个通信接口可以向图1所示的一个UE(如UE 151)发送相应的定位辅助数据，另一个通信接口可以接收核心网设备121发送的定位请求等。当然，该通信接口23可以将数据接收功能和数据发送功能集成在一个通信接口上，该通信接口具备数据接收功能和数据发送功能。
图2中示出的定位服务器的结构并不构成对定位服务器的限定，可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。
示例性的，图3为本发明实施例提供的一种基站的组成示意图。如图3所示，该基站可以包括至少一个处理器31，存储器32以及通信接口33。
下面结合图3对基站的各个构成部件进行具体的介绍：
处理器31是设备的控制中心，可以是一个处理器，也可以是多个处理元件的统称。例如，处理器31可以是一个CPU，也可以是ASIC，或者可以是被配置成实施本发明实施例的一个或多个集成电路，如：一个或多个DSP，或，一个或者多个FPGA。
其中，处理器31可以通过运行或执行存储在存储器32内的软件程序，以及调用存储在存储器32内的数据，执行设备的各种功能。例如，处理器31可以用于区分该基站覆盖的小区，以及该小区中覆盖的UE。
在具体的实现中，作为一种实施例，处理器31可以包括一个或多个CPU，例如图3中所示的CPU0和CPU1。
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，基站可以包括多个处理器，例如图3中所示的处理器31和处理器35。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核处理器，也可以是一个多核处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。
存储器32可以是ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备，RAM或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备，也可以是EEPROM、CD-ROM或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。存储器32可以是独立存在，通过通信总线34与处理器31相连接。存储器32也可以和处理器31集成在一起。
其中，上述存储器32用于存储执行本发明实施例提供方案的软件程序，并由处理器31来控制执行。通信接口33，可以包括两个通信接口，一个用于向外部设备发送数据的发送接口和一个用于接收来自外部设备的数据的接收接口，即基站可以通过两个不同的通信接口分别实现数据的接收和数据的发送。例如，结合图1，基站121的一个通信接口可以向图1所示的定位服务器111发送需要定位的UE的测量信息，另一个通信接口可以接收定位服务器111发送的定位辅助数据等。当然，该通信接口33可以将数据接收功能和数据发送功能集成在一个通信接口上，该通信接口具备数据接收功能和数据发送功能。
图3中示出的基站结构并不构成对基站的限定，可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。
示例性的，图4为本发明实施例提供的一种核心网设备的组成示意图。如图4所示，该核心网设备可以包括至少一个处理器41，存储器42以及通信接口43。
下面结合图4对核心网设备的各个构成部件进行具体的介绍：
处理器41是设备的控制中心，可以是一个处理器，也可以是多个处理元件的 统称。例如，处理器41可以是一个CPU，也可以是ASIC，或者可以是被配置成实施本发明实施例的一个或多个集成电路，如：一个或多个DSP，或，一个或者多个FPGA。
其中，处理器41可以通过运行或执行存储在存储器42内的软件程序，以及调用存储在存储器42内的数据，执行设备的各种功能。例如，处理器41可以用于决策是否连接一个UE。在具体的实现中，作为一种实施例，处理器41可以包括一个或多个CPU，例如图4中所示的CPU0和CPU1。
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，核心网设备可以包括多个处理器，例如图4所示的处理器41和处理器45。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核处理器，也可以是一个多核处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。
存储器42可以是ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备，RAM或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备，也可以是EEPROM、CD-ROM或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。存储器42可以是独立存在，通过通信总线44与处理器41相连接。存储器42也可以和处理器41集成在一起。
其中，上述存储器42用于存储执行本发明实施例提供方案的软件程序，并由处理器41来控制执行。通信接口43，可以包括两个通信接口，一个用于向外部设备发送数据的发送接口和一个用于接收来自外部设备的数据的接收接口，即核心网设备可以通过两个不同的通信接口分别实现数据的接收和数据的发送。例如，结合图1，核心网设备131的一个通信接口可以向图1所示的定位服务器111发送定位请求，以及向图1所示的一个UE发起用于建立连接的寻呼消息；另一个通信接口可以接收图1所示的一个UE发送的定位请求。当然，该通信接口43可以将数据接收功能和数据发送功能集成在一个通信接口上，该通信接口具备数据接收功能和数据发送功能。
图4中示出的核心网设备结构并不构成对核心网设备的限定，可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。
示例性的，图5为本发明实施例提供的一种UE的组成示意图。如图5所示，该UE可以包括至少一个处理器51，存储器52以及通信接口53。
下面结合图5对UE的各个构成部件进行具体的介绍：
处理器51是设备的控制中心，可以是一个处理器，也可以是多个处理元件的统称。例如，处理器51可以是一个CPU，也可以是ASIC，或者可以是被配置成实施本发明实施例的一个或多个集成电路，如：一个或多个DSP，或，一个或者多个FPGA。
其中，处理器51可以通过运行或执行存储在存储器52内的软件程序，以及调用存储在存储器52内的数据，执行设备的各种功能。例如，处理器51可以用于决策是否连接一个UE。在具体的实现中，作为一种实施例，处理器51可以包 括一个或多个CPU，例如图5中所示的CPU0和CPU1。
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，UE可以包括多个处理器，例如图5中所示的处理器51和处理器55。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核处理器，也可以是一个多核处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。
存储器52可以是ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备，RAM或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备，也可以是EEPROM、CD-ROM或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。存储器52可以是独立存在，通过通信总线54与处理器51相连接。存储器52也可以和处理器51集成在一起。
其中，上述存储器52用于存储执行本发明实施例提供方案的软件程序，并由处理器51来控制执行。通信接口53，可以包括两个通信接口，一个用于向外部设备发送数据的发送接口和一个用于接收来自外部设备的数据的接收接口，即UE可以通过两个不同的通信接口分别实现数据的接收和数据的发送。例如，结合图1，UE 141的一个通信接口可以向图1所示的核心网设备131发送定位请求，以及向图1所示定位服务器111发送UE 141的定位能力的指示信息以及其粗略位置；另一个通信接口可以接收图1所示的定位服务器111发送的定位辅助数据等。当然，该通信接口53可以将数据接收功能和数据发送功能集成在一个通信接口上，该通信接口具备数据接收功能和数据发送功能。
图5中示出的UE结构并不构成对UE的限定，可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。
本发明实施例以下，仅以本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法所应用的定位系统包括的定位服务器为E-SMLC，核心网设备为MME，基站为eNB为例；本发明实施例提供的方法可以应用于采用3GPP技术的定位系统，且该定位系统支持RTK技术。
为使本发明实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚，下面结合图1所示的定位系统、图2所示的定位服务器、图3所示的基站、图4所示的核心网设备以及图5所示的UE对图6所示的定位辅助数据的发送方法流程图进行详细描述。参见图6，本申请方法实施例一提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法包括S601：
S601、核心网设备向定位服务器发送定位请求。
示例性的，步骤601可以由图4所示的核心网设备中的通信接口43执行。
具体的，上述核心网设备可以向定位服务器发送至少一个定位请求。其中，上述定位请求可以为核心网设备接收需要定位的UE主动发起的定位请求，或者，该核心网设备发起对需要定位的UE进行定位的定位请求。
其中，上述至少一个定位请求中每个定位请求中可以包括一个UE的标识和该UE的服务小区的标识。示例性的，上述UE的标识可以为该UE的国际移动设备身份码(International Mobile Equipment Identity，IMEI)，一个IMEI可以唯一 标识一个UE，也可以是国际移动用户识别码(International Mobile Subscriber Identification Number，IMSI)。上述服务小区的标识可以为演进型-通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入网小区全局标识符(E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier，E-CGI)，一个E-CGI可以用于标识一个小区，且可以指示该小区对应的基站。例如，一个E-CGI可以包含28比特(bit)信息，前20bit可以表示小区对应的基站的身份标识(Identity，ID)，后8bit可以表示该小区的ID。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例对上述需要定位的UE向核心网设备发送定位请求的时刻不作限制，如多个需要定位的UE可以在同一时刻向核心网设备发送，或者，多个需要定位的UE可以分别在不同时刻向核心网设备发送。另外，上述至少一个定位请求可以为一段时间内产生的定位请求；并且该至少一个定位请求可以不断更新，如在上述步骤601之后的某一时刻，一个小区中新加入的一个需要定位的UE发起的定位请求可以用于更新上述至少一个定位请求。
S602、定位服务器接收核心网设备发送的定位请求。
其中，定位服务器可以接收核心网设备发送的至少一个定位请求。定位服务器接收定至少一个位请求后，可以根据该至少一个定位请求决策采用广播的形式发送定位辅助数据。
具体的，本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，在步骤602之后还可以包括步骤603和步骤604：
S603、定位服务器根据定位请求，向基站发送定位辅助数据。
示例性的，上述步骤602以及上述步骤603可以由图2所示的定位服务器的通信接口23执行。
示例的，定位服务器在发送辅助数据之前，可以先向基站发送通知消息，该通知消息用于通知基站、定位服务器将要发送定位辅助数据给基站。上述通知消息为LPPa信令，具体信令名称不限。
示例的，基站在收到定位服务器发送的通知消息后，可以回复一条应答消息，该应答消息可以包括数据分包的大小限制，传输周期等信息。定位服务器在接收到基站发送的应答消息后，向基站发送定位辅助数据。
其中，上述定位服务器可以根据至少一个定位请求，向基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据。具体的，定位服务器可以根据不同定位请求中包括的不同的UE的标识区分不同的UE，并根据不同的小区标识区分不同的小区。由于多个UE的服务小区可以为同一个小区，因此标识不同的多个UE可以对应同一个小区。
具体的，对于一个服务小区，定位服务器可以根据该服务小区的标识，向该服务小区对应的基站发送该服务小区内需要定位的UE的定位辅助数据，如至少一个定位辅助数据。
S604、基站接收定位服务器发送的定位辅助数据。
S605、基站广播定位辅助数据。
示例性的，上述步骤604和步骤605可以由图3所示的基站的通信接口33执行。
其中，基站可以通过其广播的系统消息携带上述定位辅助数据，如携带至少 一个定位辅助数据，并广播该至少一个定位辅助数据。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，在应用3GPP技术的定位系统中，定位服务器在接收至少一个定位请求之后，可以将该至少一个定位请求对应UE(即需要定位的UE)的定位辅助数据发送给基站，使基站可以广播上述定位辅助数据。此时，基站或定位服务器等网元在不连接需要定位的UE的情况下，该UE便可以获得相应的定位辅助数据；并且，由于一个小区内的定位辅助数据对与本小区内的UE是相同的，因此定位服务器通过广播形式发送该定位辅助数据，而不需要向该多个UE分别发送同一个定位辅助数据，使该多个UE均可以获得该定位辅助数据。这样一来，可以提高资源利用率和频谱效率。
上述定位服务器在向基站发送定位辅助数据之前，为了生成或获取定位辅助数据，还可以与需要定位的UE交互。其中，上述需要定位的UE可以为一个或多个UE，该一个或多个UE中每个UE与定位服务器交互的过程可以相同。并且，由于一个小区内的定位辅助数据对与本小区内的UE是相同的，因此基站可以针对一个小区广播定位辅助数据。本发明实施例以下，仅以一个基站覆盖的一个包含需要定位的UE的服务小区(如第一服务小区)中的一个需要定位的UE与定位服务器交互为例，说明本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
具体的，本申请方法实施例二提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，在步骤602之后，还可以包括步骤701。示例性的，如图7所示的定位辅助数据的发送方法，在步骤602之后还可以包括步骤701：
S701、定位服务器接收UE向定位服务器发送的第一消息。
示例性的，上述步骤701可以由图2所示的定位服务器的通信接口23执行。
具体的，上述UE可以为第一服务小区内需要定位的UE。上述第一消息包括UE的定位能力的指示信息和/或定位精度的指示信息和/或业务类型的指示信息中的至少一种。
其中，上述定位能力的指示信息指示UE的定位能力可以包括上述OTDOA方法和RTK方法。具体的，OTDOA方法包括UE based OTDOA和UE-assisted OTDOA，RTK方法可以包括UE based RTK和UE-assisted RTK，即这些可以单独作为能力支持的方法项。此外，上述UE的定位能力还可以包括实时伪距差分(real-time kinematic pesudorange difference，RTD)、状态空间表示法(State Space Representation，SSR)、虚拟参考站(Virtual Reference Station，VRS)、主辅站(Master Auxiliary Concept，MAC)、区域改正数参数(德语：
Figure PCTCN2017095327-appb-000001
FKP)，精密单点定位(point precise positioning，PPP)，精密单点定位-载波相位差分(point precise positioning-Real time kinematic，PPP-RTK)中的至少一种方法。当然，本发明实施例提供的UE的定位能力所支持的定位方法不限定于上述的至少一种方法，还可以包括其他定位方法，例如广域差分增强系统/星基增强系统(Satellite-Based Augmentation System，SBAS)。
其中，由于本发明实施例提供的UE的定位能力可以同时支持一种或多种的定位方法，如一个UE支持OTDOA方法的同时还可以支持RTK方法，如此使得该UE可以采用OTDOA方法结合RTK方法进行定位，提高了该UE定位过程中 的定位精度。
另外，上述UE除了可以向定位服务器发送该UE的定位能力的指示信息之外，还可以向定位服务器发送上述定位精度的指示信息和/或业务类型的指示信息。
其中，定位精度的指示信息用于指示UE支持的定位精度，例如UE支持厘米级的精度，亚米级的精度，米级的精度等等。
上述业务类型的指示信息用于指示UE支持的业务类型，例如UE支持实时高精度定位，允许一定时延的定位，以及不同服务质量(Quality of Service，Qos)需求的定位。
可选的，上述UE可以向定位服务器发送其定位能力的指示信息、定位精度的指示信息、业务类型的指示信息中任意一种或者任意两种或者全部，本发明实施例对此不作限定。
可选的，上述“UE发送的第一消息”可以是该UE主动向定位服务器发送的，或者，该UE在接收到定位服务器发送的用于请求获取第一消息的第一消息请求之后发送的。本发明实施例以下仅以“UE发送的第一消息”为该UE在接收到定位服务器发送的用于请求获取第一消息的第一消息请求之后发送的为例进行说明。
示例性的，如图7所示的定位辅助数据的发送方法中，在上述步骤701之前还可以包括步骤701a-701c：
701a、定位服务器向UE发送第一消息请求。
示例性的，上述步骤701a和步骤701可以由图2所示的定位服务器的通信接口23执行。
701b、UE接收定位服务器发送的第一消息请求。
具体的，第一服务小区的一个或多个需要定位的UE可以分别接收定位服务器发送的相应的第一消息请求。
S701c、UE向定位服务器发送第一消息。
示例性的，上述步骤701b和步骤701c可以由如图5所示的UE的通信接口23执行。
需要说明的是，第一服务小区内需要定位的多个UE中每个需要定位的UE均可以实现上述步骤701a-701c提供的方法，本发明实施例对此不再赘述。其中，上述定位服务器可以分别与第一服务小区内的一个或多个需要定位的UE交互，获得该一个或多个UE中每个UE对应的第一消息请求，即获得了该一个或多个第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的定位能力和/或定位精度和/或定位业务类型。
上述方法实施例二提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法中，步骤603具体可以为步骤702。示例性的，如图7所示的方法中，图6中的步骤603具体可以为步骤702：
S702、定位服务器根据第一服务小区的标识，向第一服务小区对应的基站发送定位辅助数据。
示例性的，上述步骤702可以由如图2所示的定位服务器的通信接口23执行。
具体的，定位服务器在满足第一条件的情况下向基站发送定位辅助数据。上述定位辅助数据可以为第一服务小区内一个或多个需要定位的UE的一个或多个 定位辅助数据。
其中，定位服务器侧的第一条件为以下条件1-5中任意一种，该条件1-5之间为“和/或”的关系。
1、定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量大于第一阈值。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例对上述第一阈值的具体取值不作限定，该取值对本申请目的的实现不造成限制。
示例性的，若第一服务小区为图1所示的小区1，第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量可以为9。若第一服务小区为图1所示的小区2，第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量可以为3。
其中，假设上述第一阈值为6，在第一条件为条件1的情况下：
若第一服务小区为图1所示的小区1，而第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量为9且9大于6，则第一条件得以满足；从而，定位服务器可以决策使用广播的方式发送第一服务小区服务的UE的定位辅助数据，如至少一个定位辅助数据。此时，定位服务器可以向基站发送第一服务小区内的UE的至少一个定位辅助数据，使得第一服务小区对应的基站可以广播该至少一个定位辅助数据。
若第一服务小区为图1所示的小区2，而第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量为3且3不大于6，则第一条件不能满足；从而，定位服务器不会决策使用广播的方式发送第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的至少一个定位辅助数据，而定位服务器可以决策使用单播的方式发送该至少一个定位辅助数据。也就是说，定位服务器不会向基站发送第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的至少一个定位辅助数据，第一服务小区对应的基站便不能广播该至少一个定位辅助数据；而可以与UE 151-153分别交互，使UE 151-153分别获取其定位辅助数据。
2、定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位能力的UE的数量大于第二阈值。
其中，本申请提供的UE具体的定位能力不受限于本发明实施例所列举的定位能力。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例对上述第二阈值的具体取值不作限定，该取值对本申请目的的实现不造成限制。
示例性的，若第一服务小区为图1所示的小区1，小区1内需要定位的UE的数量为9。其中，UE 141-144的定位能力的指示信息指示相应的UE均支持VRS方法，UE 145-148的定位能力的指示信息指示相应的UE均支持MAC方法；UE 149的定位能力的指示信息指示相应的UE支持FKP方法。
若第一服务小区为图1所示的小区2，小区2内需要定位的UE的数量为3。其中，UE 151-153的定位能力的指示信息均指示相应的UE支持VRS方法。
示例性的，假设上述第二阈值为3，在第一条件为条件2的情况下：
若第一服务小区为图1所示的小区1，而第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中支持VRS方法的UE的数量为5且5大于3，则第一条件得以满足；从而，定位服务器可以决策使用广播的方式发送第一服务小区服务的UE 141-145的至少一个定位辅助数据，且该至少一个定位辅助数据为采用VRS方法的定位辅助数据。即定 位服务器可以向基站发送第一服务小区服务的UE 141-145的至少一个采用VRS方法的定位辅助数据，使得第一服务小区对应的基站可以广播该至少一个定位辅助数据。
同时，第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中支持MAC方法的UE的数量为4且4大于3，则第一条件得以满足；从而，定位服务器可以决策使用广播的方式发送第一服务小区服务的UE 145-148的至少一个定位辅助数据，且该至少一个定位辅助数据为采用MAC方法的定位辅助数据。即定位服务器可以向基站发送第一服务小区服务的UE 145-148的至少一个采用MAC方法的定位辅助数据，使得第一服务小区对应的基站可以广播该至少一个定位辅助数据。
而第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中支持FKP方法的UE的数量为1且1不大于3，则第一条件不能满足；从而，定位服务器可以决策使用单播的方式发送第一服务小区服务的UE 149的定位辅助数据，且该定位辅助数据为采用FKP方法的定位辅助数据。即定位服务器可以与UE 149分别交互，使得UE 149获取其采用FKP方法的定位辅助数据。
另外，若第一服务小区为图1所示的小区2，而第一服务小区内需要定位中支持VRS方法的UE的数量为3且3不大于3，则第一条件不能满足；从而，定位服务器不会决策采用广播的方式发送第一服务小区服务的UE的至少一个定位辅助数据，而决策采用单播的方式发送该至少一个定位辅助数据。也就是说，定位服务器不会向基站发送第一服务小区服务的UE的至少一个采用VRS方法的定位辅助数据，第一服务小区对应的基站便不会广播该至少一个定位辅助数据；而可以与UE 151-153分别交互，使得UE 151-153分别获取其采用VRS方法的定位辅助数据。
3、定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位精度的UE的数量大于第三阈值。
4、定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位业务类型的UE的数量大于第四阈值。
其中，本发明实施例对上述第三阈值、第四阈值的具体取值不作限定，该取值对本申请目的的实现不造成限制。
需要说明的是，对上述第一条件为上述条件3或条件4的具体描述可以参照上述对第一条件为条件2的情况的具体描述，本发明实施例对此不再详细描述。
具体的，上述第一服务小区内的UE的数量、满足任一定位能力的UE的数量、满足支持任一定位精度的UE的数量和满足任一定位业务类型的UE的数量，可以由定位服务器采用一个或多个计数器计数得到。
例如，当定位服务器生成采用VRS方法的定位辅助数据时，定位服务器可以采用计数器(如计数器1)计数。当计数器1计数至3时，定位服务器决策广播该采用VRS方法的定位辅助数据。
可选的，上述定位服务器采用一个或多个计数器计数得到相应的UE的数量，可以是在一定时间内获取的，如该一定时间为2小时。
其中，上述四种统计数目方式，具体可以在计数之前启动定时器，用于控制 在该时间段内统计结果影响是否广播定位辅助数据。进一步的，也可以在E-SMLC决策使用广播方式发送定位辅助数据时启动定时器，定时器运行期间，计数器累计值若大于上述阈值之一，则继续广播并重启定时器，否则停止广播。
5、定位服务器接收核心网设备发送的第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示采用广播的形式向第一服务小区内的UE发送定位辅助数据。
其中，定位服务器向基站发送第一服务小区服务的UE的至少一个定位辅助数据之前，还可以接收核心网设备指示广播定位辅助数据的第一指示信息。此时，由核心网设备决策采用广播的形式或者单播的形式发送定位辅助数据。
本申请方法实施例二提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法中，定位服务器只要获得需要定位的UE的定位能力的指示信息或定位精度的指示信息或业务类型的指示信息中的一种，或者接收到核心网设备发送的第一指示信息，便可以决策采用广播的形式或者单播的形式发送定位辅助数据。如此，实现定位辅助数据的发送由单播的形式切换为广播的形式的同时，可以使得上述决策定位辅助数据的发送形式的可靠性较高。从而，可以提高发送定位辅助数据过程中的资源利用率。
需要说明的是，本申请方法实施例二提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法中，一个需要定位的UE只要可以提供其定位能力的指示信息或定位精度的指示信息或业务类型的指示信息中的任一种，定位服务器便可以根据该种指示信息生成相应的定位辅助数据，使得生成定位辅助数据的过程较为可靠。
具体的，在本申请方法实施例三提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，上述步骤702可以包括步骤801-803。示例性的，如图8所示的定位辅助数据的发送方法中，图7所示的步骤702可以包括步骤801-803：
S801、定位服务器确定满足第一条件。
需要说明的是，由于上述第一条件为上述条件1-5中任意一种，因此上述步骤801可以包括步骤801a、步骤801b、步骤801c、步骤801d、步骤801e中的至少一种：
801a、定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量大于第一阈值。
801b、定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位能力的UE的数量大于第二阈值。
801c、定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位精度的UE的数量大于第三阈值。
801d、定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位业务类型的UE的数量大于第四阈值。
801e、定位服务器接收核心网设备发送的第一指示信息。
其中，第一指示信息用于指示采用广播的形式向第一服务小区内的UE发送定位辅助数据。
其中，本发明实施例对步骤801的以及步骤801a-801e的具体描述可以参照步骤702中相应的部分，这里不再赘述。
S802、定位服务器根据第一服务小区内的需要定位的UE的定位能力和/或定位精度和/或定位业务类型，对定位辅助数据划分类型，得到不同类型的定位辅助 数据。
示例性的，上述步骤801a-801d和步骤802可以由如图2所示定位服务器的处理器21执行。
其中，上述第一服务小区内的一个或多个需要定位的UE的定位辅助数据可以划分为相同或不同类型，即每个定位辅助数据可以划分至相应的类型。
示例性的，定位服务器可以划分出第一服务小区内的UE中不同定位能力的定位辅助数据，如定位服务器可以划分出第一服务小区内UE的定位辅助数据中，采用VRS方法的定位辅助数据、采用MAC方法的定位辅助数据以及采用FKP方法的定位辅助数据。即定位服务器在判断第一服务小区中需要定位的UE中拥有至少一个定位能力的UE数目较多时或大于某一阈值时，则定位服务器将定位辅助数据发送给基站，基站使用广播的方式将其以广播的形式发送给UE。如定位服务器判断具有VRS方法定位能力的UE数目较多，则定位服务器将VRS的定位辅助数据发送给基站，基站将其进行广播。定位方法的类型或者定位辅助数据的类型并不限制为一种。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的类型不仅可以根据需要定位的UE的定位能力和/或定位精度和/或定位业务类型划分，还可以根据定位辅助数据本身的数据类型划分。
示例性的，定位辅助数据本身的数据类型可以包括卫星星历，电离层误差，几何学误差、卫星时钟误差，对流层误差、轨道误差等。即本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的类型可以包括卫星星历，电离层误差，几何学误差、卫星时钟误差，对流层误差、轨道误差等等。
此外，定位辅助数据根据其本身的数据类型进行划分，还可以划分为不同频率的定位辅助数据，不同数据速率的定位辅助数据或者不同重复次数的定位辅助数据，本发明实施例对此不再赘述。
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，定位服务器生成的至少一个定位辅助数据具体可以由一个或多个数据包组成。而该数据包的容量可能较大，在发送给基站之前，需要对该数据包进行分段处理或拆包处理。例如，将一个数据包拆分为多个较小的数据包。其中，定位服务器在对一个数据包拆包处理的过程中，可以实现对定位辅助数据的划分类型。
其中，上述每个数据包中可能包括不同类型的定位辅助数据，如一个数据包(记为数据包1)中包括一个卫星星历类型的定位辅助数据、一个电离层误差类型的定位辅助数据和一个卫星时钟误差类型的定位辅助数据。此时，定位服务器可以将数据包1拆分为子数据包a、子数据包b和子数据包c；子数据包a中包括上述卫星星历类型的定位辅助数据、子数据包b包括上述电离层误差类型的定位辅助数据、子数据包c包括上述卫星时钟误差类型的定位辅助数据。也即定位服务器实现对数据包1中的定位辅助数据划分不同类型。
或者，在数据包1中包括一个采用VRS方法的定位辅助数据、一个采用MAC方法的定位辅助数据以及一个采用FKP方法的定位辅助数据。此时，数据包1拆分得到的子数据包a可以包括该采用VRS方法的定位辅助数据、子数据包b可以 包括该采用MAC方法的定位辅助数据以及和子数据包c可以包括该采用FKP方法的定位辅助数据助数据。
S803、定位服务器向第一服务小区对应的基站发送不同类型的定位辅助数据。
示例性的，上述步骤803可以由如图2所示的定位服务器的通信接口23执行。
具体的，上述定位服务器可以根据第一服务小区的标识，向第一服务小区对应的基站发送不同类型的定位辅助数据。该第一服务小区的标识可以通过核心网设备发送的定位请求来获得。
例如，定位服务器可以向基站发送上述至少一个定位辅助数据中、采用VRS方法的定位辅助数据、采用MAC方法的定位辅助数据以及采用FKP方法的定位辅助数据。其中，定位服务器发送给基站的定位辅助数据，具体可以为一个或多个数据包，该数据包可以为定位服务器拆分得到的。
在方法实施例三提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，上述步骤604具体可以为步骤804，上述步骤605具体可以为步骤805。示例性的。如图7所示的方法中，图6中的步骤604具体可以为步骤804，步骤605具体可以为步骤805：
S804、第一服务小区对应的基站接收定位服务器发送的不同类型的定位辅助数据。
S805、第一服务小区对应的基站向第一服务小区内的UE广播不同类型的定位辅助数据。
示例性的，上述步骤804和步骤805可以由如图3所示的基站的通信接口33执行。
例如，定位服务器可以划分出第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中不同的定位能力的至少一个定位辅助数据，如至少一个定位辅助数据中、采用VRS方法的定位辅助数据、采用MAC方法的定位辅助数据、采用FKP方法以及采用PPP-RTK方法的定位辅助数据。
需要说明的是，本申请方法实施例三提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法中，定位服务器在决策采用单播的形式或广播的形式发送定位辅助数据之前，划分其发送的定位辅助数据中的不同类型，使得基站可以按照不同类型广播定位辅助数据。从而，使得需要定位的UE可以获得基站广播的相应类型的定位辅助数据，有利于提高该UE定位过程中的定位精度。
可选的，在一种可能的实现方式中，上述“根据第一服务小区内的需要定位的UE的定位能力和/或定位精度和/或定位业务类型，对UE的定位辅助数据划分类型”的步骤也可以由基站执行。此时，本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，上述步骤605可以包括步骤605a和步骤805。例如，图6中的步骤605可以包括步骤605a和步骤805。
S605a、第一服务小区对应的基站对定位辅助数据划分类型，得到不同类型的定位辅助数据。
具体的，基站接收不同类型数据进行广播，如在某个系统信息块(system information block，SIB)中仅广播卫星星历类型的定位辅助数据，在另一个SIB中广播电离层误差类型的定位辅助数据等等。当然也可以在一个SIB的不同传输 包中进行划分。
当然，基站得到的定位辅助数据也可以包括不同频率的定位辅助数据，不同数据速率的定位辅助数据或者不同重复次数的定位辅助数据。
示例性的，上述步骤605a可以由如图3所示的基站的处理器31执行。
具体的，基站可以根据第一服务小区内的需要定位的UE的定位能力和/或定位精度和/或定位业务类型，对定位辅助数据划分类型，或者根据收到数据的不同，进行区分发送。
S805、第一服务小区对应的基站向第一服务小区内需要定位的UE广播不同类型的定位辅助数据。
示例性的，基站可以划分第一服务小区服务的UE中不同的定位能力的至少一个定位辅助数据，如第一服务小区服务的UE的至少一个定位辅助数据中、采用VRS方法的定位辅助数据、采用MAC方法的定位辅助数据以及采用FKP方法的定位辅助数据。
需要说明的是，基站可以对定位辅助数据划分不同类型，并按照不同类型广播定位辅助数据。从而，使得需要定位的UE可以获得基站广播的相应类型的定位辅助数据，有利于提高该UE定位过程中的定位精度。
在本申请方法实施例四提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，上述步骤603或步骤702或步骤803之后，还可以包括步骤901。示例性的。如图9所示的方法中，在图7中的步骤702之后，还可以包括步骤901：
S901、定位服务器向第一服务小区对应的基站发送停止指示消息。
示例性的，上述步骤901可以由如图2所示的定位服务器的通信接口23执行。
其中，上述停止指示消息用于指示定位服务器停止向基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据。如此，定位服务器可以在不需要广播定位辅助数据时，采用单播的形式发送定位辅助数据，以实现定位辅助数据的发送采用广播形式或单播形式的切换，并实现资源的合理利用。其中，上述定位服务器向基站发送的至少一个定位辅助数据，具体可以为定位服务器向基站发送的至少一个数据包，每个数据包中携带一个定位辅助数据。示例性的，上述停止指示消息可以由最后一个数据包携带。
具体的，上述停止指示消息还可以为定位服务器向第一服务小区对应的基站发送的携带有定位辅助数据的最后一个数据包中添加一个用于指示停止广播的字段；或者，上述停止指示消息可以包含于仅携带有指示停止广播的字段的数据包中，本发明实施例对比不作限定。
其中，若确定满足第二条件，定位服务器可以根据第一服务小区的标识，向第一服务小区对应的基站发送停止指示消息，停止指示消息用于指示停止向基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据。
上述第二条件为以下条件6-10中任意一种，该条件6-10之间为“和/或”的关系。
6、定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量小于等于第五阈值，第五阈值小于等于第一阈值。
7、定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一UE定位能力的UE的数量小于等于第六阈值，第六阈值小于等于第二阈值。
8、定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足支持任一定位方法的UE的数量小于等于第七阈值，第七阈值小于等于第三阈值。
9、定位服务器确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位业务类型的UE的数量小于等于第八阈值，第八阈值小于等于第四阈值。
10、定位服务器接收核心网设备发送的第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示停止采用广播的形式向第一服务小区内的UE发送定位辅助数据。
其中，本发明实施例对上述第二条件的具体描述可以参考上述实施例中对第一条件的描述，本发明实施例不再详细描述。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例对上述第五阈值、第六阈值、第七阈值和第八阈值的具体取值不作限定，该取值对本申请目的的实现不造成影响。
示例性的，在定位服务器生成采用VRS方法的定位辅助数据的过程中，如当计数器1计数至3，定位服务器决策广播该采用VRS方法的定位辅助数据之后，定位服务器可以重启该计数器1。随后，当计数器1计数达不到3时，定位服务器可以决策采用单播的形式发送该采用VRS方法的定位辅助数据。
可选的，在定位服务器生成采用VRS方法的定位辅助数据的过程中，如当计数器1计数至3，定位服务器决策广播该采用VRS方法的定位辅助数据之后，定位服务器可以启动另一个计数器(如计数器2)。随后，当计数器2计数达不到3时，定位服务器可以决策采用单播的形式发送该采用VRS方法的定位辅助数据，本发明实施例对此不作限定。
其中，本申请方法实施例四提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法中，定位服务器获得需要定位的UE的定位能力的指示信息或定位精度的指示信息或业务类型的指示信息中的至少一种，以及接收到核心网设备发送的第二指示信息，便可以将定位辅助数据的发送由广播的形式切换为单播的形式。如此，可以避免在不需要广播定位辅助数据时，如需要定位的UE的数量较少时，仅采用单播的形式发送定位辅助数据，以提高的资源利用率。
在定位服务器发送停止指示消息以指示停止采用广播的形式发送定位辅助数据之后，上述方法在步骤901之后还可以包括步骤902。如图9所示的定位辅助数据的发送方法，在步骤901之后还可以包括步骤902：
S902、第一服务小区对应的基站接收定位服务器发送的停止指示消息。
示例性的，上述步骤902可以由如图3所示的基站的通信接口33执行。
其中，第一服务小区对应的基站接收到上述停止指示消息之后，便可以停止广播定位辅助数据。
在本申请方法实施例五提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法中，决策上述至少定位辅助数据以广播的形式还是以单播的形式发送的执行主体还可以为核心网设备。具体的，本发明实施例提供的方法，在步骤701之后还可以包括步骤1001。示例性，如图10所示定位辅助数据的发送方法，的步骤701之后还可以包括步骤1001：
S1001、在满足第一条件的情况下，核心网设备向定位服务器发送第一指示信 息，第一指示信息用于指示采用广播的形式向第一服务小区内需要定位的UE发送定位辅助数据。
示例性的，上述步骤1001可以由图4所示的核心网设备的通信接口43执行。
需要说明的是，核心网设备在向定位服务器发送第一指示消息之前，可能收到定位服务器向核心网发送的UE能力指示(如UE的定位能力的指示信息)。并且，满足的第一条件为以下条件11-14中任意一种，该条件11-14之间为“和/或”的关系。
11、核心网设备确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量大于第一阈值。
12、核心网设备确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位能力的UE的数量大于第二阈值。
13、核心网设备确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足支持任一定位精度的UE的数量大于第三阈值。
14、核心网设备确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位业务类型的UE的数量大于第四阈值。
其中，本发明实施例中对上条件11-14的描述可以参考上述实施例中对条件1-4的具体描述，本发明实施例不再赘述。
具体的，若核心网设备根据上述条件12-14决策广播定位辅助数据的情况下，本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，在步骤1001之前还可以包括步骤1001a-1001b。示例性的，如图10所示的方法，在步骤1001之前还可以包括步骤1001a-1001b：
S1001a、定位服务器向核心网设备发送UE的第一消息。
示例性的，上述步骤1001a可以由如图2所示的定位服务器的通信接口23执行。
其中，上述UE可以为第一服务小区内需要定位的UE。并且，定位服务器可以向核心网设备发送第一服务小区内一个或多个需要定位的UE的第一消息。
S1001b、核心网设备接收定位服务器发送的UE的第一消息。
示例性的，上述步骤1001b可以由如图4所示的核心网设备的通信接口43执行。
可选的，核心网设备还可以参照步骤701a-701c以及701中定位服务器与第一服务小区内需要定位的UE交互，获得第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的第一信息的方法，获取第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的第一信息，本发明实施例不再详细描述。
可以想到的是，核心网设备向定位服务器发送第一指示信息之后，定位服务器接收到上述第一指示信息，便可以判断满足第一条件中的条件14。也就是说，上述实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，在步骤1001b之后可以包括上述步骤801e。例如，图10所示的方法中，在步骤1001b之后可以包括上述步骤801e。
同样的，图10所示的方法中，图9中的步骤901之前还可以包括步骤1002和步骤1003：
S1002、核心网设备向定位服务器发送第二指示信息。
示例性的，上述步骤1002可以由如图4所示的核心网设备的通信接口43执行。
S1003、定位服务器接收核心网设备发送的第二指示信息，第二指示信息用于指示停止采用广播的形式向第一服务小区内的UE发送定位辅助数据。
示例性的，上述步骤1003可以由如图2所示的定位服务器的通信接口23执行。
具体的，若确定满足第二条件，核心网设备向定位服务器发送第二指示信息。
其中，本发明实施例中核心网设备满足的第二条件为以下条件15-18中任意一种，该条件15-18之间为和/或的关系。
15、核心网设备确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量小于等于第五阈值，第五阈值小于等于第一阈值。
16、核心网设备确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一UE定位能力的UE的数量小于等于第六阈值，第六阈值小于等于第二阈值。
17、核心网设备确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足支持任一定位方法的UE的数量小于等于第七阈值，第七阈值小于等于第三阈值。
18、核心网设备确定第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位业务类型的UE的数量小于等于第八阈值，第八阈值小于等于第四阈值。
参照上述实施例中对定位服务器侧的条件1的详细描述，假设上述第一阈值为6，在核心网设备侧的第一条件为条件15的情况下：
若第一服务小区为图1所示的小区1，而第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量为9且9大于6，则第一条件得以满足；从而，核心网设备可以决策使用广播的方式发送第一服务小区服务的UE的定位辅助数据，如至少一个定位辅助数据。此时，核心网设备可以指示定位服务器向基站发送第一服务小区内的UE的至少一个定位辅助数据，使得第一服务小区对应的基站可以广播该至少一个定位辅助数据。
若第一服务小区为图1所示的小区2，而第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量为3且3不大于6，则第一条件不能满足；从而，核心网设备不会决策使用广播的方式发送第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的至少一个定位辅助数据，而可以决策使用单播的方式发送该至少一个定位辅助数据。也就是说，核心网设备不会指示定位服务器向基站发送第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的至少一个定位辅助数据，第一服务小区对应的基站便不能广播该至少一个定位辅助数据。此时，定位服务器可以与UE 151-153分别交互，即采用单播的形式发送定位辅助数据，使UE 151-153分别获取其定位辅助数据。
类似的，本发明实施例对上述核心网设备侧的第一条件中的条件16-18的详细描述可以参考上述实施例对定位服务器侧的第一条件中的条件2-4的详细描述，这里不再赘述。
其中，本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，不仅可以由定位服务器决策上述定位辅助数据以广播的形式还是以单播的形式发送，还可以由核心网设备决策上述定位辅助数据以广播的形式还是以单播的形式发送。从而，即使定位服务器或核心网设备中一个网元在不能决策上述广播的形式或单播的形式的切 换时，另一个网元也可以执行该决策，使得上述定位辅助数据在采用广播的形式和单播的形式之间的切换更加可靠。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，在定位服务器或核心网设备等网元决策广播定位辅助数据的情况下：定位服务器在生成或获取第一服务小区内的UE的定位辅助数据的过程中，可以不与第一服务小区内的UE交互，而是与基站交互，以获得第一服务小区对应的基站的位置指示信息。
具体的，第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的定位请求中携带有第一服务小区对应的基站的位置指示信息。此时，定位服务器不需要通过与第一服务小区中需要定位的UE交互获得上述基站的位置指示信息。
可选的，定位服务器还可以基于部署获得基站的位置指示信息(即基站的位置)。此时，定位服务器不需要与基站交互，如不需要与第一服务小区对应的基站进行交互，本发明实施例对此不作限定。
示例性的，本发明实施例以下，仅以定位服务器与第一服务小区对应的基站交互，获得第一服务小区对应的基站的位置消息为例，说明本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法。具体的，在本申请方法实施例六提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法中，在步骤603或步骤702或步骤803之前，还可以包括步骤1101-1104。示例性的，如图11所示的方法，在图7中的步骤702之前还可以包括步骤1101-1104：
S1101、定位服务器向第一服务小区对应的基站发送基站位置请求。
示例性的，上述步骤1101可以由如图2所示的定位服务器的通信接口23执行。
其中，上述位置请求用于请求获取第一服务小区对应的基站的位置指示信息，该基站的位置指示信息可以指示出该基站的位置和/或第一服务小区的小区天线所在的位置。
S1102、第一服务小区对应的基站接收定位服务器发送的基站位置请求。
示例性的，上述步骤1102可以由至少一个如图3所示的基站的通信接口33执行。
S1103、第一服务小区对应的基站向定位服务器发送基站位置消息。
示例性的，上述步骤1103可以由如图3所示的基站的通信接口33执行。
具体的，上述基站位置消息中可以包括第一服务小区对应的基站的位置指示信息。
S1104、定位服务器接收第一服务小区对应的基站发送的基站位置消息。
示例性的，上述步骤1104可以由如图2所示的定位服务器的通信接口23执行。
其中，本申请方法实施例六提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，在步骤603或步骤702或步骤803之前还可以包括步骤1105。示例性的，图11所示的方法中，图7中的步骤702之前还可以包括步骤1105：
S1105、定位服务器根据基站位置消息、第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的第一消息以及参考数据，生成或获取定位辅助数据。
示例性的，上述步骤1105可以由如图2所示的定位服务器的通信接口23执 行。
其中，上述定位辅助数据可以为第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的一个或多个定位辅助数据。
需要说明的是，虽然本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法中并未示出的定位服务器和参考站交互的具体步骤，但是在步骤1105之前，定位服务器可以和参考站交互以获得参考站提供的参考数据，本领域技术人员可以轻易实现，本发明实施例对此不作详细描述。
本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，定位辅助数据可以根据UE的定位能力的指示信息和/或定位精度的指示信息和/或业务类型的指示信息以及基站位置消息(即基站的位置和/或小区的位置)以及参考数据生成。也就是说，上述定位辅助数据可以为定位服务器采用RTK技术获得的，即该定位辅助数据的定位精度较高。
需要说明的是，在定位服务器或核心网设备等网元决策单播定位辅助数据的情况下：定位服务器在生成或获取第一服务小区内的UE的定位辅助数据的过程中，可以与第一服务小区内的UE交互，以获得第一服务小区内的UE的粗略位置。具体的，在本申请方法实施例六提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法中，在步骤603或步骤702或步骤803之前，还可以包括步骤1101a-1104a。示例性的，如图11a所示的定位辅助数据的发送方法，在步骤702之前，还可以包括步骤1101a-1104a。
S1101a、定位服务器向UE发送粗略位置请求。
示例性的，上述步骤1101a可以由如图2所示的定位服务器的通信接口23执行。
其中，步骤702中定位服务器可以分别向第一服务小区内的一个或多个需要定位的UE发送粗略位置请求，以请求获得相应UE的粗略位置。
S1102a、UE接收定位服务器发送的粗略位置请求。
示例性的，上述步骤1102a可以由至少一个如图5所示的UE的通信接口53执行。
其中，上述第一服务小区内的一个或多个需要定位的UE可以分别接收定位服务器发送的相应的粗略位置请求。
S1103a、UE向定位服务器发送粗略位置。
示例性的，上述步骤1103a可以由如图5所示的UE的通信接口53执行。
可选的，上述第一服务小区内的一个或多个需要定位的UE可以在同一时刻分别向定位服务器发送其粗略位置，或者，上述一个或多个UE可以在不同时刻分别向定位服务器发送其粗略位置，本发明实施例对此不作限定。
示例性的，本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送即使不执行步骤1102a，也可以执行步骤1104a。此时，上述UE的粗略位置可以由该UE主动上报给定位服务器。
S1104a、定位服务器接收UE发送的粗略位置。
示例性的，上述步骤1104a可以由如图2所示的定位服务器的通信接口23执行。
其中，上述UE粗略位置用于获得该UE精确位置，或者，对该UE进行定位测量。
具体的，本申请方法实施例六提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，在步骤603或步骤702或步骤803之前还可以包括步骤1105a。如在图11a示出的步骤1104a之后、步骤702之前还可以包括步骤1105a：
S1105a、定位服务器根据第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的第一消息和粗略位置，生成或获取定位辅助数据。
示例性的，上述步骤1105a可以由如图2所示的定位服务器的通信接口23执行。
具体的，定位服务器可以根据第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的第一消息、粗略位置以及参考数据，生成或获取定位辅助数据。上述参考数据由参考站发送的。其中，上述定位辅助数据为第一服务小区内一个或多个需要定位的UE的一个或多个定位辅助数据。
本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法中，定位辅助数据根据需要定位的UE的定位能力的指示信息和/或定位精度的指示信息和/或业务类型的指示信息中的至少一种以及该UE的粗略位置和参考数据生成。也就是说，本发明实施例中提供的定位辅助数据可以为定位服务器采用RTK技术获得的，即该定位辅助数据的定位精度较高。
在本申请实施例七提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法中，在上述步骤604之前还可以包括步骤1201-1203。示例性的，如图12所示的方法中，在图7中的步骤604之前还可以包括步骤1201-1203：
S1201、核心网设备向第一服务小区对应的基站发送定位通知消息。
示例性的，上述步骤1201可以由如图4所示的核心网设备的通信接口43执行。
上述定位通知消息用于指示某个UE被网络侧发起定位请求，需要进行定位测量和/或定位相关计算。其中，网络侧包括核心网设备和定位服务器等设备。
上述定位通知消息可以为寻呼消息，具体进行定位通知的实现方式为，寻呼消息中携带用于指示该终端需要进行定位相关操作的一个字段，如定位请求，高精度定位请求等，也可以包括具体定位方法的请求，如RTK定位请求，OTDOA定位请求等等。
S1202、第一服务小区对应的基站接收核心网设备发送的定位通知消息。
其中，上述定位通知消息中携带有定位请求，例如，该定位通知消息可以为携带有定位请求的寻呼消息。
需要说明的是，由于上述定位通知消息中包括定位请求，而定位请求中每个定位请求消息中包括UE的标识和该UE的服务小区的标识，使得基站可以在后续收到至少一个定位辅助数据时，根据UE的标识和该UE的服务小区的标识区分出UE和第一服务小区。
S1203、第一服务小区对应的基站向需要定位的UE发送定位通知消息。
示例性的，上述步骤1202和步骤1203均可以由如图3所示的基站的通信接 口33执行。
具体的，基站向UE发送的定位通知消息也可以为寻呼消息。基站接收寻呼消息后，向UE发送寻呼消息，其中，该寻呼消息中携带对某个UE(如第一服务小区内的一个需要定位的UE)的定位请求指示信息。进一步的，该寻呼消息可以指示定位请求的UE采用的定位方法，如RTK方法，OTDOA方法，PPP-RTK方法等。上述定位请求可以携带在寻呼消息的寻呼记录里，针对每个UE进行定位请求。具体的，表示为寻呼消息的定位请求指示着定位方法，即RTK定位请求，OTDOA请求等等。
若UE收到寻呼消息后，发现有定位请求，如采用RTK方法的定位请求或者采用OTDOA方法的定位请求，如果此时广播中有包含该定位方法的定位辅助数据，则UE可以获取该定位辅助数据，并进行定位计算或者定位测量。如果是采用RTK方法或基于UE的OTDOA方法(UE-based OTDOA)则UE进行定位计算，如果是采用UE assisted-OTDOA方法，则UE进行相应的定位测量或者计算。当UE进行定位计算或定位测量后，再从空闲态进入连接态将计算结果或测量的结果发送给定位服务器。
本申请方法实施例八提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，在步骤605之后还可以包括步骤1301-1302。示例性的，如图13所示，在图6中的步骤605之后还可以包括步骤1301-1302：
S1301、UE获取基站广播的定位辅助数据。
示例性的，上述步骤1301可以由如图5所示的UE的通信接口53执行。
其中，上述第一服务小区内一个或多个需要定位的UE可以在不同时刻，或者，同一时刻分别获取到相应的定位辅助数据。
具体的，UE自己触发定位时，需要清楚有何种定位辅助数据在广播中。假设一个SIB可以广播多种辅助数据，若不通知，则可能需要接收冗余信息。则可能的通知信息可以为LPP消息，寻呼消息，RRC消息等。
具体的，UE在读取携带有定位辅助数据的系统消息之前，可以收到指示信息，该指示信息用于指示广播中有何种定位辅助数据。如当基站通知UE当前有何种辅助数据正在广播，可以通过RRC消息，寻呼消息来通知。也可以由定位服务器通过LPP消息通知UE。具体种类包括不同的定位方法的数据，不同全球导航卫星系统(Global Navigation Satellite System，GNSS)的数据，不同速率的定位辅助数据，或不同发送频率的辅助数据。
S1302、UE根据定位辅助数据，计算得到UE精确位置，或者，进行定位测量。
示例性的，上述步骤1301可以由如图5所示的UE的处理器51执行。
具体的，在采用广播的形式发送定位辅助数据的情况下：第一服务小区内的UE可以根据相应的定位辅助数据计算得到第一服务小区内的UE的精确位置，或者，进行定位测量。
在采用单播的形式发送定位辅助数据的情况下：第一服务小区内的UE可以根据相应的定位辅助数据和该UE测量得到的信息，得到该UE的精确位置，或者， 进行定位测量。
需要说明的是UE计算定位位置除了接收定位辅助数据外，也可以利用UE观测的卫星发送的数据，利用这些数据进行精确计算。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，UE可以获取基站广播的定位辅助数据，且该定位辅助数据是采用RTK技术得到的。例如，定位辅助数据为定位服务器根据UE的粗略位置或者基站位置消息、UE的定位能力的指示信息得到的。从而，需要定位的UE根据上述至少一个定位辅助数据计算得到较高的定位精度。并且，由于上述至少一个定位辅助数据可以采用广播的形式发送，资源利用率较高。
本发明实施例以下，仅以定位服务器、基站、核心网设备与一个UE(第一UE)交互为例，进一步说明本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法。本申请方法实施例九提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法中，图13所示的步骤1301-1302可以替换为步骤1401-1402。示例性的，如图14所示的定位辅助数据的发送方法，图13所示的步骤1301-1302可以替换为步骤1401-1402：
S1401、第一UE获得第一服务小区对应的基站广播的第一定位辅助数据。
示例性的，上述步骤1401可以由如图5所示的UE的通信接口53执行。
其中，上述第一定位辅助数据用于第一UE得到精确位置，或者，该第一定位辅助数据用于第一UE进行定位测量。第一UE为第一服务小区服务的UE，第一UE对应于第一定位辅助数据。
S1402、第一UE根据第一定位辅助数据，计算得到第一UE的精确位置，或者，进行定位测量。
示例性的，上述步骤1402可以由如图5所示的UE的处理器51执行。
其中，由于需要进行定位的UE数量是变化的，因此定位服务器接收到的定位请求可以是变化的，从而根据定位请求生成的定位辅助数据可以是变化的。进而，基站广播的定位辅助数据可以是变化的。本申请方法实施例十提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，在步骤605之前还可以包括步骤1501。示例性的，如图15所示的方法中，图14所示的步骤605之前，还可以包括步骤1501：
S1501、第一服务小区对应的基站向第一UE发送第一变更寻呼消息。
示例性的，上述步骤1501可以由如图3所示的基站的通信接口33执行。
其中，上述第一变更寻呼消息为携带有变更指示信息的寻呼消息，可以用于指示与第一定位辅助数据相关的系统消息发生变化；示例性的，若在第一时刻，基站广播的系统消息中不携带第一定位辅助数据，此时第一UE便不能从基站广播的系统消息中获得第一定位辅助数据。随后，在第二时刻，基站广播的系统消息中开始携带第一定位辅助数据，此时基站可以向第一UE发送第一变更寻呼消息，以通知第一UE可以通过广播获取第一定位辅助数据。相反，若第一时刻基站广播UE的定位辅助数据，第二时刻基站停止广播，则基站也可以向UE发送寻呼消息以通知基站已停止广播定位辅助数据。变更指示消息可以通知UE定位辅助数据的变化，如有无化，如增加或者减少或更新。具体的可以是RTK方法相关的定位辅助数据变化指示(MAC，VRS，FKP)，采用OTDOA方法的定位辅助数据变化指 示等其他方法的指示。具体的，如通知VRS方法定位辅助数据是否变化等等。也就是说，具体的变更通知可以为某一种定位方法相关的系统消息有没有变化，如RTK方法相关的系统消息，PPP-RTK方法相关的系统消息，VRS方法的改正数相关的系统消息等等，具体不限制。
S1502、第一UE接收第一服务小区对应的基站发送的第一变更寻呼消息。
例如，上述步骤1502可以由如图5所示的UE的通信接收53执行。
示例性的，第一UE收到第一变更寻呼消息后，即可知道定位辅助数据的有无或者是否变化，具体可以是与某种定位方法相关的定位辅助数据有无或者是否变化，然后根据具体情况进行接收辅助数据或者其他操作。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例提供的方法中，在发送定位辅助数据采用广播的形式的情况下：需要定位的UE在获取到其定位辅助数据之前，该UE可以不接收其它网元的消息；而在接收基站发送的指示系统消息变更的寻呼消息之后，可以开始接收基站广播的相应的定位辅助数据。这样一来，可以提高需要定位的UE定位过程中的频谱效率和资源利用率。
除了上述方法用于指示系统消息是否变化外，也可以在系统消息中广播与定位辅助数据相关的系统消息是否变化的指示消息，如该指示消息可以携带一个字段，或者是一个取值标志位(value tag)。具体的，上述字段或取值标志位可以在SIB1中，或者其他系统消息中。其中，UE中可以存贮与系统消息相关的值。当UE中存贮的值与系统消息中的取值标志位不一样时，则可获知系统消息发生变化，并获取该系统消息。具体的,该取值标志位的变化仅和某一个或几个SIB相关.也可以是与每个方法相关的系统消息都有一个取值标志位，。如SIB25中包含VRS方法的改正数(如参考数据)，SIB26中包含的PPP-RTK中与SSR相关的改正数。则可以由两个取值标志位，或者bitmap形式来指示是否变化。取值标志位可以由一比特，两比特或者其他比特数来表示。如两比特可以表示四个取值，系统消息变化一次则加一。具体工作原理与现有的SIB1中取值标志位设置的方式相似。该取值标志位可以在SIB1，SIB2或者其他系统消息中。其中，bitmap可以为一组2进制组成的字符串，每个比特位可以对应指示一种系统消息是否变化，如在系统消息中bitmap某个比特位开始为0，后来变为1，则表明发生变化，否则相反。当终端存贮的值与系统消息中的取值标志位的值或者bitmap对应比特位不一样时，则可获知系统消息发生变化，并获取该系统消息。
上述指示定位辅助数据相关方法的系统消息变化方法可以结合使用，如当SIB1中指示与定位辅助数据中相关的系统消息的取值标志位发生变化时或者SIB1中用于指示其他系统消息是否变化的取值标志位发生变化时，UE可以继续查询具体某个系统消息的取值标志位或者bitmap，如包含VRS方法的系统消息的取值标志位，是否变化。如果变化，且该UE支持这种定位方法，则需要重新获取该系统消息。
具体的，若寻呼消息通知了与定位辅助数据中相关的系统消息变化后或者通知系统消息发生变化后，UE可以继续查询具体某个系统消息的取值标志位，或者bitmap如包含VRS方法的系统消息的取值标志位，是否变化。如果变化，且该 UE支持这种定位方法，则需要重新获取该系统消息。
当第一UE处于空闲状态时，核心网设备或基站中的任一网元可以请求连接第一UE。具体的，核心网设备请求连接第一UE时，可以向发送寻呼消息给基站；此时，基站可以发送寻呼给第一UE，以指示核心网设备连接第一UE。
具体的，本申请方法实施例十一提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，在步骤1302或者步骤1402之后还可以包括步骤1601-1602。示例性的，如图16所示的定位辅助数据的发送方法，在图14中的步骤1402之后还可以包括步骤1601-1602：
S1601、第一服务小区对应的基站向第一UE发送第一定位寻呼消息。
示例性的，上述步骤1601可以由如图3所示的基站的通信接口33执行。
其中，上述第一定位寻呼消息为携带有定位请求指示信息的寻呼消息，用于请求连接第一UE。
S1602、第一UE接收第一服务小区对应的基站发送的第一定位寻呼消息。
示例性的，上述步骤1602可以由如图5所示的UE的通信接口53执行。
其中，第一UE便可以与核心网设备或者基站建立连接，并与核心网设备或者基站交互。
需要说明的是，由于第一UE在与核心网设备或基站建立连接之前便可以根据获取基站广播的第一定位辅助数据，因此第一UE在连接核心网设备或基站之前，便可以根据第一定位辅助数据进行精确定位，可以提高频谱效率和资源利用率。
其中，第一UE在获取第一定位辅助数据并得到其精确位置之后，该精确位置的定位精度可能不能满足需求。此时，本申请方法实施例十二提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，在步骤1402之后，还可以包括步骤1701。示例性的，如图17所示的定位辅助数据的发送方法中，图14中的步骤1402之后还可以包括步骤1701：
S1701、第一UE向定位服务器发送第一辅助数据请求消息。
示例性的，上述步骤1701可以由如图5所示的UE的通信接口53执行。
其中，第一辅助数据请求消息中携带有额外请求指示信息，用于请求获取额外的第一定位辅助信息。
具体的，在UE已经从广播中接收定位辅助数据之后，若根据精度需求，定位辅助数据不足够，则UE再向定位服务器发送请求定位辅助数据的消息，该消息用于请求除广播定位辅助信息外的其他定位辅助信息。具体的，上述第一辅助数据请求可以为增加一个信元(information element，IE)或字段来进行指示的消息，或者增加一个新的消息来指示。上述定位辅助数据可以为采用OTDOA方法的定位辅助数据或者采用其他方法的定位辅助数据。
需要说明的是，定位服务器可以接收第一UE发送的第一辅助数据请求消息，并与第一UE交互，使得第一UE获取额外的第一定位辅助信息。从而，第一UE可以根据额外的第一定位辅助信息得到满足其定位精度的精确位置。
可选的，第一UE从定位服务器获得额外的第一定位辅助数据，并再次得到第一UE的精确位置之后，若该精确位置的定位精度仍不能满足需求，则第一UE可以再次向定位服务器发送第一辅助数据请求消息，再次获得额外的第一定位辅助数据。
其中，本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送方法，需要定位的UE可以根据其需求的定位精度，获得定位服务器侧生成的该UE的定位辅助数据以及一个或多个额外的定位辅助数据，如此可以提高需要定位的UE进行定位过程中的定位精度，以满足该UE需求的定位精度。
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本发明实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是，各个网元，例如定位服务器、基站、核心网设备和一个或多个UE等为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本发明能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
本发明实施例可以根据上述方法示例对定位服务器、基站等进行模块的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个模块，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件模块的形式实现。需要说明的是，本发明实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下，图18示出了上述实施例中提供的定位服务器的一种可能的组成示意图，如图18所示，定位服务器18可以包括接收模块181和发送模块182。
其中，接收模块181，用于支持定位服务器18执行上述实施例中的步骤602、步骤701、步骤801e和步骤1003、步骤1104、步骤1104a，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。上述发送模块182，用于支持定位服务器18执行上述实施例中的步骤603、步骤701a、步骤702、步骤803、步骤901、步骤1001a、步骤1101、步骤1101a，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
进一步的，如图19所示，为上述实施例中提供的定位服务器的另一种可能的组成示意图。图19中，上述发送模块181可以包括发送子模块1821和确定子模块1822。
其中，上述发送子模块1821用于支持定位服务器18执行上述实施例中的步骤603、步骤701a、步骤701c、步骤702、步骤803、步骤901、步骤1001a、步骤1101、步骤1101a，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。上述确定子模块1822，用于支持定位服务器18执行上述实施例中的步骤801、步骤801a、步骤801b、步骤801c、步骤801d，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
进一步的，如图20所示，为上述实施例中提供的定位服务器的另一种可能的组成示意图。图20中，上述发送模块181可以包括划分子模块1823。
其中，上述划分子模块1823用于支持定位服务器18执行上述实施例中的步骤802，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
进一步的，如图21所示，为上述实施例中提供的定位服务器的另一种可能的组成示意图。图21中，上述定位服务器还可以包括生成模块183。
其中上述生成模块183用于支持定位服务器18执行上述实施例中的步骤1105和步骤1105a，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，上述确定子模块1822、划分子模块1823、生成模块183等可以集成在一个处理模块中实现。上述处理模块可以是处理器或控制器，例如可以是CPU，通用处理器，数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor，DSP)，专用集成电路(Application-Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)，现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本发明公开内容所描述的各种举例说明逻辑方框，模块和电路。上述处理单元也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合，DSP和微处理器的组合等等。上述发送子模块1821和接收模块182可以集成在一个通信接口中。存储模块可以是存储器。
结合上述实施例中图2所示的定位服务器，上述处理模块可以为图2所示的处理器21以及处理器25等一个或多个处理器。上述存储模块可以为图2所示的存储器22。发送子模块1821可以由通信接口23实现。
其中，上述通信总线24具体可以是外设部件互连标准(Peripheral Component Interconnect，PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(Extended Industry Standard Architecture，EISA)总线等。上述通信总线24可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等，本发明实施例对此不作限定。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例提供的定位服务器18中各个模块的详细描述以及各个模块执行上述实施例中的相关方法步骤后所带来的技术效果可以参考本发明方法实施例中的相关描述，此处不再赘述。
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下，图22示出了上述实施例中提供的基站的一种可能的组成示意图，如图22所示，基站22可以包括接收模块221和发送模块222。
其中，接收模块221，用于支持基站22执行上述实施例中的步骤604、步骤804、步骤902、步骤1102、步骤1202和步骤1401，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。上述发送模块222，用于支持基站22执行上述实施例中的步骤605、步骤805、步骤1103、步骤1203、步骤1301、步骤1501和步骤1601，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
进一步的，如图23所示，为上述实施例中提供的基站的另一种可能的组成示意图。图23中，上述发送模块222可以包括划分子模块2221和发送子模块2222。
其中，上述划分子模块2221用于支持基站22执行上述实施例中的步骤605a，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。上述发送子模块2222，用于支持基站22执行上述实施例中的步骤605、步骤805、步骤1103、步骤1301、步骤1501和步骤1601，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，上述划分子模块2221可以由一个处理模块实现。上述处理模块可以是处理器或控制器，例如可以是CPU，通用处理器，DSP，ASIC，FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其 可以实现或执行结合本发明公开内容所描述的各种举例说明逻辑方框，模块和电路。上述处理单元也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合，DSP和微处理器的组合等等。上述发送子模块2222和接收模块221可以集成在一个通信接口中。存储模块可以是存储器。
结合上述实施例中图3所示的基站，上述处理模块可以为图3所示的处理器31以及处理器35等一个或多个处理器。上述存储模块可以为图3所示的存储器32。发送子模块2222可以由通信接口33实现。
其中，上述通信总线34具体可以是PCI总线或EISA总线等。上述通信总线34可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等，本发明实施例对此不作限定。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例提供的基站22中各个模块的详细描述以及各个模块执行上述实施例中的相关方法步骤后所带来的技术效果可以参考本发明方法实施例中的相关描述，此处不再赘述。
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下，图24示出了上述实施例中提供的核心网设备的一种可能的组成示意图，如图24所示，核心网设备24可以包括发送模块241和确定模块242。
其中，发送模块241，用于支持核心网设备24执行上述实施例中的步骤601、步骤1001、步骤1002和步骤1201，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。上述确定模块242，用于支持核心网设备24执行上述实施例中的“确定满足第一条件”和“确定满足第二条件”，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
进一步的，如图25所示，为上述实施例中提供的核心网设备的另一种可能的组成示意图。图25中，上述核心网设备24还可以包括接收模块243。
其中，上述接收模块243用于支持核心网设备24执行上述实施例中的步骤1001b，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，上述确定模块242可以由一个处理模块实现。上述处理模块可以是处理器或控制器，例如可以是CPU，通用处理器，DSP，ASIC，FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本发明公开内容所描述的各种举例说明逻辑方框，模块和电路。上述处理单元也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合，DSP和微处理器的组合等等。上述发送模块241和接收模块243可以集成在一个通信接口中。存储模块可以是存储器。
结合上述实施例中图4所示的核心网设备，上述处理模块可以为图4所示的处理器41以及处理器45等一个或多个处理器。上述存储模块可以为图4所示的存储器42。发送模块241和接收模块243可以集成在通信接口43中实现。
其中，上述通信总线44具体可以是PCI总线或EISA总线等。上述通信总线44可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等，本发明实施例对此不作限定。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例提供的核心网设备24中各个模块的详细描述以及各个模块执行上述实施例中的相关方法步骤后所带来的技术效果可以参考本发明方法实施例中的相关描述，此处不再赘述。
由于本发明实施例提供的定位辅助数据的发送系统包括一个或多个中每一个 UE可以是相同的，因此本发明实施例仅以对一个或多个中任一UE划分功能模块进行具体描述。
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下，图26示出了上述实施例中提供的UE的一种可能的组成示意图，如图26所示，UE 26可以包括接收模块261和发送模块262。
其中，接收模块261，用于支持UE 26执行上述实施例中的步骤701b、步骤1102a、步骤1301、步骤1401、步骤1502和步骤1602，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。上述发送模块262，用于支持核心网设备24执行上述实施例中的步骤701c、步骤1103a、步骤1701。
进一步的，如图27所示，为上述实施例中提供的UE的另一种可能的组成示意图。图27中，上述UE 26还可以包括计算模块263。
其中，上述计算模块263用于支持UE 26执行上述实施例中的步骤1302和步骤1402，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，上述计算模块263可以由一个处理模块实现。上述处理模块可以是处理器或控制器，例如可以是CPU，通用处理器，DSP，ASIC，FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本发明公开内容所描述的各种举例说明逻辑方框，模块和电路。上述处理单元也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合，DSP和微处理器的组合等等。上述发送模块262和接收模块261可以集成在一个通信接口中。存储模块可以是存储器。
结合上述实施例中图5所示的UE，上述处理模块可以为图5所示的处理器51以及处理器55等一个或多个处理器。上述存储模块可以为图5所示的存储器42。发送模块262和接收模块261可以集成在通信接口53中实现。
其中，上述通信总线54具体可以是PCI总线或EISA总线等。上述通信总线44可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等，本发明实施例对此不作限定。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例提供的核心网设备24中各个模块的详细描述以及各个模块执行上述实施例中的相关方法步骤后所带来的技术效果可以参考本发明方法实施例中的相关描述，此处不再赘述。
通过以上的实施方式的描述，所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明，实际应用中，可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成，即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块，以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。上述描述的系统，装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统，装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述模块或单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电 性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)或处理器执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：快闪存储器、移动硬盘、只读存储器、随机存取存储器、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (30)

  1. 一种定位辅助数据的发送方法，其特征在于，包括：
    定位服务器接收核心网设备发送的至少一个定位请求，所述定位请求中包括用户设备UE的标识和所述UE的服务小区的标识；
    所述定位服务器根据所述至少一个定位请求，向基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述定位服务器根据所述至少一个定位请求，向基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据之前，还包括：
    所述定位服务器接收UE发送的第一消息，所述第一消息包括所述UE的定位能力的指示信息和/或定位精度的指示信息和/或业务类型的指示信息中的至少一种；其中，所述定位能力的指示信息用于指示所述UE的定位能力，所述定位精度的指示信息用于指示所述UE支持的定位精度，所述业务类型的指示信息用于指示所述UE支持的业务类型。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE支持的定位能力包括下行到达时间观测差OTDOA，实时载波相位RTK，实时伪距差分RTD，状态空间表示法SSR，虚拟参考站VRS，主辅概念MAC，区域改正数参数FKP，精密单点定位PPP中的至少一种方法。
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法，其特征在于，对于第一服务小区，所述定位服务器根据所述至少一个定位请求，向所述基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据，包括：
    对于第一服务小区对应的基站，在满足第一条件的情况下，所述定位服务器根据所述第一服务小区的标识，向所述第一服务小区对应的基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据，其中，所述第一条件为以下条件中任意一种：
    所述定位服务器确定所述第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量大于第一阈值；
    和/或；
    所述定位服务器确定所述第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位能力的UE的数量大于第二阈值；
    和/或；
    所述定位服务器确定所述第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足支持任一定位精度的UE的数量大于第三阈值；
    和/或；
    所述定位服务器确定所述第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位业务类型的UE的数量大于第四阈值；
    和/或；
    所述定位服务器接收所述核心网设备发送的第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示采用广播的形式向所述第一服务小区内需要定位的UE发送定位辅助数据。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述定位服务器根据所述第一服务小区的标识，向所述第一服务小区对应的基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据，包括：
    所述定位服务器根据所述第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的所述定位能力和/或所述定位精度和/或所述定位业务类型，对所述至少一个定位辅助数据划分类型，得到不同类型的所述至少一个定位辅助数据；
    所述定位服务器根据所述第一服务小区的标识，向所述第一服务小区对应的基站发送不同类型的所述至少一个定位辅助数据。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述定位服务器根据所述第一服务小区的标识，向所述第一服务小区对应的基站发送至少一个定位辅助数据之后，还包括：
    所述定位服务器向所述第一服务小区对应的基站发送停止指示消息，所述停止指示消息用于指示停止向所述第一服务小区对应的基站发送所述至少一个定位辅助数据。
  7. 一种定位辅助数据的发送方法，其特征在于，包括：
    基站接收定位服务器发送的至少一个定位辅助数据；
    所述基站广播所述至少一个定位辅助数据。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述基站广播所述至少一个定位辅助数据，包括：
    对于第一服务小区对应的基站，所述第一服务小区对应的基站广播不同类型的至少一个定位辅助数据。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述基站接收定位服务器发送的至少一个定位辅助数据之前，还包括：
    所述基站接收核心网设备发送的定位通知消息，所述定位通知消息包括定位请求；
    所述基站向需要定位的UE发送所述定位通知消息。
  10. 根据权利要求7-9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述基站接收定位服务器发送的至少一个定位辅助数据之后，还包括：
    所述基站向第一UE发送第一变更寻呼消息，所述第一变更寻呼消息中携带有变更指示信息，用于指示与第一定位辅助数据相关的系统消息发生变化；其中，所述第一UE为所述第一服务小区内需要定位的UE。
  11. 一种定位辅助数据的发送方法，其特征在于，包括：
    核心网设备向定位服务器备发送至少一个定位请求，所述至少一个定位请求中的每个定位请求中包括用户设备UE的标识和所述UE的服务小区的标识；
    在满足第一条件的情况下，所述核心网设备向所述定位服务器发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示采用广播的形式向所述第一服务小区内需要定位的UE发送定位辅助数据；其中，所述第一条件为以下条件中任意一种：
    所述核心网设备确定所述第一服务小区内需要定位的UE的数量大于第一阈值；
    和/或；
    所述核心网设备确定所述第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一UE定位能力的UE的数量大于第二阈值；
    和/或；
    所述核心网设备确定所述第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足支持任一定位精度的UE的数量大于第三阈值；
    和/或；
    所述核心网设备确定所述第一服务小区内需要定位的UE中，满足任一定位业务类型的UE的数量大于第四阈值。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述核心网设备向所述定位服务器发送第一指示信息之后，还包括：
    所述核心网设备向定位服务器发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示停止采用广播的形式向所述第一服务小区内需要定位的UE发送定位辅助数据。
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述核心网设备向定位服务器备发送至少一个定位请求之前，还包括：
    所述核心网设备向所述基站发送定位通知消息，所述定位通知消息携带有所述定位请求。
  14. 一种定位辅助数据的发送方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一用户设备UE获得第一服务小区对应的基站广播的第一定位辅助数据，所述第一定位辅助数据用于所述第一UE计算得到精确位置，或者，所述第一定位辅助数据用于所述第一UE进行定位测量；其中，所述第一UE为所述第一服务小区内需要定位的UE。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一UE获得第一服务小区对应的基站广播的第一定位辅助数据之前，还包括：
    所述第一UE向定位服务器发送所述第一UE的第一消息，所述第一UE的第一消息包括所述第一UE的定位能力指示信息、所述第一UE支持的定位方法指示信息、所述第一UE支持的业务类型的指示信息中的至少一种；其中，所述第一UE的定位能力的指示信息用于指示所述第一UE的定位能力，所述第一UE的定位精度的指示信息用于指示所述第一UE支持的定位精度，所述第一UE的业务类型的指示信息用于指示所述第一UE支持的业务类型。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一UE获得第一服务小区对应的基站广播的第一定位辅助数据之前，还包括：
    所述第一UE接收所述第一服务小区对应的基站发送的第一变更寻呼消息，所述第一变更寻呼消息中携带有变更指示信息，用于指示与第一定位辅助数据相关的系统消息发生变化。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一UE获得第一服务小区对应的基站广播的第一定位辅助数据之后，还包括：
    所述第一UE接收所述第一服务小区对应的基站发送的第一定位寻呼消息，所述第一定位寻呼消息携带有定位请求指示信息。
  18. 一种定位服务器，其特征在于，包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、通信接口和总线；
    所述存储器用于存储至少一个指令，所述一个或多个处理器和所述存储器和所述通信接口通过所述总线连接，当所述定位服务器运行时，所述一个或多个处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述至少一个指令，以使所述定位服务器执行如权利要求1-6中任一项所述的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
  19. 一种计算机存储介质，其特征在于，包括：至少一个指令；
    当所述至少一个指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-6中任一项所述的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
  20. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，包括：至少一个指令；
    当所述至少一个指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-6中任一项所述的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
  21. 一种基站，其特征在于，包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、通信接口和总线；
    所述存储器用于存储至少一个指令，所述一个或多个处理器和所述存储器和所述通信接口通过所述总线连接，当所述基站运行时，所述一个或多个处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述至少一个指令，以使所述基站执行如权利要求7-10中任一项所述的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
  22. 一种计算机存储介质，其特征在于，包括：至少一个指令；
    当所述至少一个指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求7-10中任一项所述的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
  23. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，包括：至少一个指令；
    当所述至少一个指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求7-10中任一项所述的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
  24. 一种核心网设备，其特征在于，包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、通信接口和总线；
    所述存储器用于存储至少一个指令，所述一个或多个处理器和所述存储器和所述通信接口通过所述总线连接，当所述核心网设备运行时，所述一个或多个处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述至少一个指令，以使所述核心网设备执行如权利要求11-13中任一项所述的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
  25. 一种计算机存储介质，其特征在于，包括：至少一个指令；
    当所述至少一个指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求11-13中任一项所述的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
  26. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，包括：至少一个指令；
    当所述至少一个指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求11-13中任一项所述的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
  27. 一种UE，其特征在于，包括：一个或多个处理器、存储器、通信接口和总线；
    所述存储器用于存储至少一个指令，所述一个或多个处理器和所述存储器和所述通信接口通过所述总线连接，当所述UE运行时，所述一个或多个处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述至少一个指令，以使所述UE执行如权利要求11-13中任一项所述的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
  28. 一种计算机存储介质，其特征在于，包括：至少一个指令；
    当所述至少一个指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求11-13中任一项所述的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
  29. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，包括：至少一个指令；
    当所述至少一个指令在计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求11-13中任一项所述的定位辅助数据的发送方法。
  30. 一种定位辅助数据的发送系统，其特征在于，包括：
    如权利要求18所述的定位服务器；和
    如权利要求21所述的基站；和
    如权利要求24所述的核心网设备；和
    至少一个如权利要求27所述的UE。
PCT/CN2017/095327 2017-07-31 2017-07-31 一种定位辅助数据的发送方法、设备及系统 WO2019023905A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2017/095327 WO2019023905A1 (zh) 2017-07-31 2017-07-31 一种定位辅助数据的发送方法、设备及系统
EP17920095.1A EP3648482B1 (en) 2017-07-31 2017-07-31 Method, device and system for sending positioning auxiliary data
CN201780089707.6A CN110786024B (zh) 2017-07-31 2017-07-31 一种定位辅助数据的发送方法、设备及系统
JP2020503749A JP7052006B2 (ja) 2017-07-31 2017-07-31 測位支援データ送信方法および測位支援データ送信システムならびにデバイス
KR1020207004912A KR20200028472A (ko) 2017-07-31 2017-07-31 포지셔닝 보조 데이터 전송 방법 및 시스템 및 디바이스
BR112020002033-8A BR112020002033A2 (pt) 2017-07-31 2017-07-31 método e sistema de envio de dados de auxílio de posicionamento, e dispositivo
US16/778,532 US11259141B2 (en) 2017-07-31 2020-01-31 Positioning assistance data sending method and system, and device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2017/095327 WO2019023905A1 (zh) 2017-07-31 2017-07-31 一种定位辅助数据的发送方法、设备及系统

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/778,532 Continuation US11259141B2 (en) 2017-07-31 2020-01-31 Positioning assistance data sending method and system, and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019023905A1 true WO2019023905A1 (zh) 2019-02-07

Family

ID=65232197

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/095327 WO2019023905A1 (zh) 2017-07-31 2017-07-31 一种定位辅助数据的发送方法、设备及系统

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US11259141B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3648482B1 (zh)
JP (1) JP7052006B2 (zh)
KR (1) KR20200028472A (zh)
CN (1) CN110786024B (zh)
BR (1) BR112020002033A2 (zh)
WO (1) WO2019023905A1 (zh)

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112327341A (zh) * 2020-10-21 2021-02-05 北京航空航天大学 一种通过网络辅助gnss终端实现亚米级定位的方法
WO2021029810A1 (en) * 2019-08-09 2021-02-18 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods and procedures for enhanced on-demand delivery of positioning assistance data
CN113543304A (zh) * 2020-04-17 2021-10-22 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种辅助定位方法、装置及通信设备
CN113615271A (zh) * 2019-03-28 2021-11-05 高通股份有限公司 在移动设备的定位期间使用带宽部分信息的方法和系统
WO2021223535A1 (zh) * 2020-05-04 2021-11-11 腾讯科技（深圳）有限公司 定位处理方法和相关装置
WO2022110176A1 (zh) * 2020-11-30 2022-06-02 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种定位方法、装置、设备及存储介质
CN114915896A (zh) * 2021-01-29 2022-08-16 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 定位方法、装置及存储介质
CN115243366A (zh) * 2021-04-22 2022-10-25 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 定位方法、装置、网络设备、基站及存储介质
WO2023272513A1 (zh) * 2021-06-29 2023-01-05 北京小米移动软件有限公司 定位测量的方法、装置、通信设备及存储介质
US12140682B2 (en) * 2020-05-04 2024-11-12 Tencent Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited Positioning processing method and related apparatus

Families Citing this family (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019023905A1 (zh) * 2017-07-31 2019-02-07 华为技术有限公司 一种定位辅助数据的发送方法、设备及系统
WO2019031540A1 (ja) * 2017-08-10 2019-02-14 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ 無線通信システム、ネットワーク装置、ユーザ装置、無線基地局及び無線通信方法
US10473790B2 (en) 2017-11-17 2019-11-12 Swift Navigation, Inc. Systems and methods for distributed dense network processing of satellite positioning data
US11356804B2 (en) * 2018-02-25 2022-06-07 Qualcomm Incorporated Systems and methods for efficiently supporting broadcast of location assistance data in a wireless network
KR20210152549A (ko) 2019-05-01 2021-12-15 스위프트 내비게이션, 인크. 고-무결성 위성 포지셔닝을 위한 시스템 및 방법
US10791427B1 (en) * 2019-06-18 2020-09-29 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Apparatus and method for fast convergence to high-accuracy positioning
CN113784276A (zh) * 2020-06-10 2021-12-10 维沃移动通信有限公司 定位方法、中继设备、物联网设备和网络设备
CN113840227B (zh) * 2020-06-24 2023-04-07 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种测量上报方法、定位测量设备及定位服务器
CN114079855B (zh) * 2020-08-21 2023-04-04 华为技术有限公司 一种低功耗定位方法及相关装置
CN112217867B (zh) * 2020-09-09 2022-11-11 湖南新云网科技有限公司 一种定位方法、装置及终端设备
US11627549B2 (en) * 2020-12-10 2023-04-11 Nokia Technologies Oy Associating sensing information with a user
WO2022133294A1 (en) 2020-12-17 2022-06-23 Swift Navigation, Inc. System and method for fusing dead reckoning and gnss data streams
CN112887934B (zh) * 2021-01-25 2023-02-17 爱驰汽车有限公司 基于共享定位辅助设备的定位方法、装置、服务器及介质
US11733397B2 (en) 2021-07-24 2023-08-22 Swift Navigation, Inc. System and method for computing positioning protection levels
US11889425B2 (en) * 2021-09-10 2024-01-30 Nokia Technologies Oy Methods and apparatuses for mitigating reduced complexity features impact on positioning performance
WO2023055535A2 (en) * 2021-09-29 2023-04-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Differential global navigation satellite system (dgnss) enhancement
CN116667980A (zh) * 2022-02-18 2023-08-29 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 通信系统中的接收端、发射端执行的方法及设备
US11860287B2 (en) 2022-03-01 2024-01-02 Swift Navigation, Inc. System and method for detecting outliers in GNSS observations
CN116847274A (zh) * 2022-03-24 2023-10-03 维沃移动通信有限公司 位置服务开放方法、装置、通信设备及可读存储介质
CN116867059A (zh) * 2022-03-28 2023-10-10 维沃移动通信有限公司 信息传输方法及网元
US12013468B2 (en) 2022-09-01 2024-06-18 Swift Navigation, Inc. System and method for determining GNSS corrections
US12019163B2 (en) 2022-09-12 2024-06-25 Swift Navigation, Inc. System and method for GNSS correction transmission
CN116528170B (zh) * 2023-05-19 2024-11-08 重庆智铸达讯通信有限公司 一种数据处理方法、装置、系统及电子设备

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6823260B1 (en) * 2001-03-07 2004-11-23 Palm Source, Inc. Method and apparatus for device and carrier independent location systems for mobile devices
CN102405420A (zh) * 2009-04-21 2012-04-04 高通股份有限公司 用于支持对无线网络中的终端的定位的方法和装置
CN106604390A (zh) * 2015-10-15 2017-04-26 中国移动通信集团公司 一种提供定位服务的方法、基站及终端

Family Cites Families (31)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7668554B2 (en) * 2001-05-21 2010-02-23 Sirf Technology, Inc. Network system for aided GPS broadcast positioning
US7714779B2 (en) * 2005-10-28 2010-05-11 Broadcom Corporation Method and apparatus for providing a global secure user plane location (SUPL) service
CN101018391B (zh) * 2006-02-06 2010-05-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种移动通信网络内部实现gps参考网络的组网方法
WO2008025013A2 (en) * 2006-08-24 2008-02-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for supporting positioning of roaming mobile stations
TW200834104A (en) * 2007-01-10 2008-08-16 Nokia Corp Method, system, user equipment, network element and software product for generic broadcasted positioning assistance data
JP2008175824A (ja) * 2008-02-07 2008-07-31 Softbank Mobile Corp 測位方法及び測位システム
US8620255B2 (en) * 2008-06-16 2013-12-31 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for supporting emergency calls and location for femto access points
CN101877818B (zh) * 2009-04-30 2015-08-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 定位业务辅助数据更新通知的方法及系统
CN101888587B (zh) * 2009-05-14 2014-12-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Lte系统中实现定位的方法及系统
CN101931858B (zh) * 2009-06-18 2013-01-30 华为技术有限公司 用户设备定位辅助数据配置的方法及装置
US9277523B2 (en) * 2009-11-05 2016-03-01 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for assisted positioning in a wireless communication system
US8750870B2 (en) 2010-01-08 2014-06-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for positioning of devices in a wireless network
US20110200024A1 (en) * 2010-02-12 2011-08-18 Jeyhan Karaoguz Providing gnss assistance data via a wireless lan access point
RU2524177C2 (ru) * 2010-04-12 2014-07-27 Нокиа Корпорейшн Управление потоком периодических вспомогательных данных
US8436769B2 (en) * 2010-08-19 2013-05-07 Mediatek Inc. Apparatus for performing global navigation satellite system control, and associated methods and storage media
US8600403B2 (en) * 2010-12-03 2013-12-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for configuring and locating a home base station
US9119102B2 (en) * 2011-04-04 2015-08-25 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Radio network node and method for using positioning gap indication for enhancing positioning performance
US9271256B2 (en) * 2011-08-30 2016-02-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Verifying generic broadcast of location assistance data
US9651653B2 (en) * 2012-12-24 2017-05-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Positioning reference signal (PRS) generation for multiple transmit antenna systems
US9432809B2 (en) * 2013-07-12 2016-08-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Providing OTDOA PRS assistance data
US9462448B2 (en) * 2014-04-14 2016-10-04 Qualcomm Incorporated Adaptive positioning reference signal (PRS) for indoor location
CN106921934B (zh) * 2015-12-24 2020-01-21 华为技术有限公司 一种定位标签的替换方法和定位服务器
CN105827840A (zh) 2016-03-29 2016-08-03 乐视控股（北京）有限公司 一种日历信息生成方法及装置
CN107708065B (zh) * 2016-08-08 2020-08-14 华为技术有限公司 一种定位系统、方法和装置
WO2018058681A1 (zh) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-05 华为技术有限公司 传输定位辅助数据的方法和设备
WO2018068215A1 (zh) * 2016-10-11 2018-04-19 华为技术有限公司 传输信息的方法和设备
WO2018141087A1 (zh) * 2017-02-03 2018-08-09 华为技术有限公司 定位方法、定位装置及基站
WO2018203820A1 (en) * 2017-05-05 2018-11-08 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Network node, wireless device and methods performed therein
WO2019023905A1 (zh) * 2017-07-31 2019-02-07 华为技术有限公司 一种定位辅助数据的发送方法、设备及系统
WO2019061206A1 (zh) * 2017-09-28 2019-04-04 华为技术有限公司 一种系统信息变更指示方法及装置
EP3701755B1 (en) * 2017-11-30 2023-10-11 Sony Group Corporation Terminal device, infrastructure equipment, location server, computer program and methods

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6823260B1 (en) * 2001-03-07 2004-11-23 Palm Source, Inc. Method and apparatus for device and carrier independent location systems for mobile devices
CN102405420A (zh) * 2009-04-21 2012-04-04 高通股份有限公司 用于支持对无线网络中的终端的定位的方法和装置
CN106604390A (zh) * 2015-10-15 2017-04-26 中国移动通信集团公司 一种提供定位服务的方法、基站及终端

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113615271B (zh) * 2019-03-28 2024-09-20 高通股份有限公司 在移动设备的定位期间使用带宽部分信息的方法和系统
CN113615271A (zh) * 2019-03-28 2021-11-05 高通股份有限公司 在移动设备的定位期间使用带宽部分信息的方法和系统
WO2021029810A1 (en) * 2019-08-09 2021-02-18 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods and procedures for enhanced on-demand delivery of positioning assistance data
CN113543304A (zh) * 2020-04-17 2021-10-22 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种辅助定位方法、装置及通信设备
US20220214461A1 (en) * 2020-05-04 2022-07-07 Tencent Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited Positioning processing method and related apparatus
WO2021223535A1 (zh) * 2020-05-04 2021-11-11 腾讯科技（深圳）有限公司 定位处理方法和相关装置
US12140682B2 (en) * 2020-05-04 2024-11-12 Tencent Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited Positioning processing method and related apparatus
CN112327341A (zh) * 2020-10-21 2021-02-05 北京航空航天大学 一种通过网络辅助gnss终端实现亚米级定位的方法
CN112327341B (zh) * 2020-10-21 2023-07-14 北京航空航天大学 一种通过网络辅助gnss终端实现亚米级定位的方法
WO2022110176A1 (zh) * 2020-11-30 2022-06-02 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种定位方法、装置、设备及存储介质
CN114915896A (zh) * 2021-01-29 2022-08-16 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 定位方法、装置及存储介质
CN115243366A (zh) * 2021-04-22 2022-10-25 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 定位方法、装置、网络设备、基站及存储介质
WO2023272513A1 (zh) * 2021-06-29 2023-01-05 北京小米移动软件有限公司 定位测量的方法、装置、通信设备及存储介质

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20200169831A1 (en) 2020-05-28
BR112020002033A2 (pt) 2020-09-08
EP3648482A1 (en) 2020-05-06
EP3648482B1 (en) 2024-09-25
KR20200028472A (ko) 2020-03-16
CN110786024B (zh) 2023-09-08
EP3648482A4 (en) 2020-05-27
JP7052006B2 (ja) 2022-04-11
US11259141B2 (en) 2022-02-22
JP2020529006A (ja) 2020-10-01
CN110786024A (zh) 2020-02-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019023905A1 (zh) 一种定位辅助数据的发送方法、设备及系统
US12047844B2 (en) Methods and systems for on-demand transmission of a positioning reference signal in a wireless network
US11006384B2 (en) Methods and systems for using bandwidth parts information during positioning of a mobile device
JP7050813B2 (ja) 支援データ送信方法、デバイス、およびシステム
WO2017070909A1 (zh) 移动网络中的定位方法、基站和移动终端
KR102397168B1 (ko) 무선 통신 네트워크에서의 서버, 무선 네트워크 노드, 및 방법들
US20220039056A1 (en) Methods and apparatus for user equipment based prioritization and reporting of positioning technologies and methods
TW202133661A (zh) 定位參考信號處理
CN111345070B (zh) 一种传输数据的方法、网络设备和服务器
US20200229131A1 (en) Data transmission method, server, and base station
TW202131712A (zh) 多下行鏈路定位技術能力
TW202249517A (zh) 依須求定位參考信號配置
TW202232987A (zh) 基於基地台及／或使用者設備的相對位置進行的位置決定
US11971499B2 (en) Distributed device management for positioning
US20210367736A1 (en) Positioning measurement reporting
TW202241154A (zh) 用於虛擬用戶設備的定位參考信號測量共用
TW202241182A (zh) 自適應感測器啟動和定位配置
KR20230104586A (ko) Rs 구성 및 관리
US20240276421A1 (en) Method, apparatus and computer program
WO2024088579A1 (en) Resolving geometrical limitations for positioning determination in a wireless communication network
WO2011011949A1 (zh) 长期演进系统中定位方式的通知方法与装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17920095

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020503749

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017920095

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20200128

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112020002033

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20207004912

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112020002033

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20200130